Alct Bss Telecom Parameters Dictionary
Alct Bss Telecom Parameters Dictionary
Alct Bss Telecom Parameters Dictionary
RELEASED
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel.
2 / 1084
Contents
Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1.1 Parameter Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1.2 Parameter Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 VGCS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 2.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 LCS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 3.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 3.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 GSM Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 4.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 4.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 4.3 System (CST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697 GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699 5.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 5.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039 6.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 6.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043 2G-3G Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053 7.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1054 7.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055
2 3
3 / 1084
Contents
4 / 1084
Preface
Preface
Purpose Whats New
The BSS Parameter Dictionary lists all of the Telecom Parameters for GSM and GPRS.
In Edition 15
This document was generated from the database 19rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 14
This document was generated from the database 18rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 13
This document was generated from the database 17rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 12
This document was generated from the database 16rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 11
This document was generated from the database 15rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 10
This document was generated from the database 14rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 09
This document was generated from the database 13rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 08
This document was generated from the database 12rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 07
5 / 1084
Preface
This document was generated from the database 11rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 06
This document was generated from the database 10rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 05
This document was generated from the database 09rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
6 / 1084
Preface
In Edition 04
This document was generated from the database 09rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 03
This document was generated from the database 08rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
In Edition 02
First official release of document. This document was generated from the database 08p01 of the BSS Telecom Parameters.
This manual is designed for OMC-R users, O&M technicians and system designers. Not applicable.
7 / 1084
Preface
8 / 1084
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
9 / 1084
1 Introduction
10 / 1084
11 / 1084
Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area. step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
12 / 1084
Permanent offset to C2 criterion. step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 126 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
13 / 1084
Flag to disable/enable the in-band paging 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
14 / 1084
Flag to disable/enable the uplink reply procedure 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
15 / 1084
Flag to disable/enable the VGCS in the cell 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_VGCS shall be set to disabled for non-Evolium BTS When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to - include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). - to configure, at least, one TRX with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 in the cell. - to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
16 / 1084
If the eMLPP priority included in the Paging message from the MSC is higher than or equal to this parameter, then the BSS shall trigger in-band paging within cells, that are identified to be paged from the PAGING message, and that have existing VGC active. Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of inband paging 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
17 / 1084
Maximum number of radio timeslots that can be used by the VGCS calls in the cell. - MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS - If EN_VGCS= enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell - If EN_VGCS= disabled, then MAX_VGCS_TS = 0 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. To support VGCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_VGCS_TS >0 No No
18 / 1084
Minimum number of radio timeslots that are reserved for the VGCS calls in the cell in normal situation (point-to-point CS call can NOT use these timeslots). MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS - The following rules about the upper limit are recommended : i) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX. - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2
Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. No No
19 / 1084
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). No No
20 / 1084
If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all other on-going VGCS call. Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of other on-going VGCS calls 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
21 / 1084
If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all on-going point to point call whose MS is VGCS capable. Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of all on going point to point calls in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
22 / 1084
The priority threshold for notification over PCH. The BSS shall consider, for Notification/PCH, only VGCS-Calls which have a priority (eMLPP priority) not below this parameter. If more than one is selected, all these voice group calls shall be notified on PCH and all with the same frequency of occurrence. Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on PCH in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
23 / 1084
This parameter defines the maximum number of blocks usable for NCH. if EN_VGCS is enabled : - BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS - if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The parameter is significant when EN_VGCS is enabled No No
24 / 1084
Maximum number of repetitions for the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during an uplink access procedure Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
25 / 1084
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 20 Maximum 620 Default 20
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited (31) inhibited (31)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
26 / 1084
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
27 / 1084
Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to L) during the initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. before sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 1024 Default 256
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true. No No
28 / 1084
This Timer is used to delay the Multiple SACCH Info Modify and the VGCS_ADD_INFO in order to give the MS a chance to receive the immediately transmitted VGCS_ADD_INFO/FACCH and SI6 messages step size = 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit ms Minimum 100 Maximum 1000 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
29 / 1084
This parameter defines the repetition period of CHANNEL RELEASE message sent on FACCH step size = 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 200 Maximum 1000 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
30 / 1084
Delay between consecutive repetitions of the UPLINK FREE message, sent to the mobile station. The UPLINK FREE messages shall be repeated as long as no uplink is granted to a mobile station. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 20 Maximum 480 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
31 / 1084
Guard timer to wait for an Uplink Access. If no such bursts are received at this timer expiry, the BSC releases the voice group call channel in that cell and provide notifications containing no channel description. step size = 1sec T_Wait_Uplink_Access >= [START_UPLINK_REPLY + (10 * WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS)] * T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 300 Default 60
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true No No
32 / 1084
Guard timer to wait for UPLINK REQUEST ACK or UPLINK REQUEST REJECT message from the MSC. step size = 500 ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit ms Minimum 500 Maximum 5000 Default 500
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
33 / 1084
Maximum queuing time for the VGCS Assignment Requests step size = 1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 19 Default 6
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
34 / 1084
This timer is used for the repetition of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during the uplink access procedure. If the timer expires before the reception of a correctly decoded frame from MS, the BTS repeats the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message to the requesting MS step size = 20ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 100 Maximum 480 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
35 / 1084
Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum infinity Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
36 / 1084
This parameter defines the type of FR AMR codec used in the network. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1 AMR Full Rate Codec 12,2 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 10,2 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/st;
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
37 / 1084
This parameter defines the type of HR AMR codec used in the network. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 5 Default 4 AMR Half Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; AMR Half Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; AMR Half Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; AMR Half Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; AMR Half Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; AMR Half Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/s;
Coding rules
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,95 kb/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS. AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,4kb/s is not supported as a "stand-alone" codec No No
38 / 1084
Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to L) per cycle, during the non-initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. after sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H). Each time the value of this counter becomes zero, the BTS send one UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 32 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true. No No
39 / 1084
40 / 1084
41 / 1084
Confidence origin used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. step size = 0.1 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 50.7
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
42 / 1084
Slope ratio between the confidence and the arc factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. step size = 0.1 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 25
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
43 / 1084
Slope ratio between the confidence and the sum of minimum radius factor and maximum radius factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. step size = 0.01 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 15.28
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
44 / 1084
Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to be retrieved from the A-GPS server when using the MS based A-GPS positioning method. The following optional assistance data type are considered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, reference time, acquisition assistance, real-time integrity. bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit 6=1: real-time integrity is retrieived; bit 5=1: acquisition assistance is retrieived; bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit 3=1: DGPS corrections is retrieived; bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (least significant)=1: Almanac is retrieived. Network (CDE) Reference MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
45 / 1084
The most preferred GPS positioning method. It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
46 / 1084
The second preferred GPS positioning method. It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
47 / 1084
The third preferred GPS positioning method. It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
48 / 1084
Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer controls the retransmission timeout for the sending of the individual data segments. step size = 1 second Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 4 Maximum 10 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
49 / 1084
Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is received. Once a response is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmission is again controlled by the value of this timer. The connection will be aborted after the number of retransmissions specified by SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered. step size = 1 second Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 4 Maximum 10 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
50 / 1084
Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This parameter controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment before aborting the connection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameter SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 10 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
51 / 1084
Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI: interface with A-GPS server). step size = 1 sec Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 300 Default 60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_SAGI=1. No No
52 / 1084
Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 1.5 Default 1.2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
53 / 1084
Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). 0: 0 degree,, 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 360 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit cell / LCS 0 corresponds to the North orientation and is counted clockwise. No No
54 / 1084
Flag to enable or disable the positioning method Conventional GPS. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit cell / LCS The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. No No
55 / 1084
Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Equal to EN_LCS (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / LCS No No
56 / 1084
Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Equal to EN_LCS (BSC) Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
57 / 1084
Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Assisted A-GPS. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit cell / LCS The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. No No
58 / 1084
Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Based A-GPS. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / LCS The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. No No
59 / 1084
Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) is configured or not for this BSS. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
60 / 1084
Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not. 0: not significant, 1: significant Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
61 / 1084
Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). 0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,, 360: 360 degree (omnidirectional cell) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 360 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
62 / 1084
Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Sequence of: - number of degrees (from 0 to 90) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for South and false for North) Site (CAE) List of numbers MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0,0,0,false Maximum Default
Coding rules
90,59,9999,true #
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / LCS 1) 0 latitude corresponds to the Equator; 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Latitude". No No
63 / 1084
Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Sequence of: - number of degrees (from 0 to 180) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for West and false for East) Site (CAE) List of numbers MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0,0,0,false Maximum Default
Coding rules
180,59,9999,true #
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / LCS 1) 0 longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridian; 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Longitude". No No
64 / 1084
Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. step size = 0.05 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.5 Maximum 1 Default 0.6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
65 / 1084
Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. step size = 0.05 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.5 Maximum 1 Default 0.85
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
66 / 1084
SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. step size = 1 sec T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 300 Default 10
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSS / LCS The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. No No
67 / 1084
SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a Low Delay Location Request. step size = 0.1 sec T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 180 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSS / LCS The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. No No
68 / 1084
BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Abort. step size = 0.1 sec T_Loc_abort < T_Location Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 30 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / LCS The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1. No No
69 / 1084
BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, when no RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. step size = 0.1 sec T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 300 Default 15
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / LCS The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1. No No
70 / 1084
BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, when a RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. step size = 1 sec T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay T_Location_Longer > T_Location Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 300 Default 30
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / LCS The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1, and replaces T_Location timer in case of Conventional GPS, MS Assisted A-GPS and MS Based A-GPS positioning methods. No No
71 / 1084
SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. step size = 1 sec T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 300 Default 9
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSS / LCS The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. No No
72 / 1084
SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Low Delay Location Request. step size = 0.1 sec T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_Delay T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 120 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / LCS The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. No No
73 / 1084
74 / 1084
75 / 1084
Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error counter is reset. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
76 / 1084
Address error threshold for alarm detection. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 60
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
77 / 1084
Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure. step size = 1 sec In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0. Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 40
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General timers and procedures T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure. No No
78 / 1084
Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
79 / 1084
Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 16
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
80 / 1084
Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 70
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
81 / 1084
Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
82 / 1084
Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC. 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the CGI format. The CGI_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
83 / 1084
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
84 / 1084
Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 50 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
85 / 1084
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 1. COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
86 / 1084
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 2. COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
87 / 1084
Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is reset. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
88 / 1084
CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 50
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
89 / 1084
Defines the radio resource allocation strategy used in EGSM cells. 0: Different behaviour for EGSM capable MS: The BSS handles differently EGSM capable MS from PGSM only capable MS in EGSM cells. 1: Same behaviour for EGSM capable MS: The BSS handles in the same way only PGSM capable MS as EGSM capable MS in EGSM cells, i.e. the BSS assumes that all GSM900 MS are EGSM capable. 1) When EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY is set to "Different behaviour for EGSM capable MS", the OMC-R does not allow the operator to define the BCCH, CCCH, SDCCH and CBCH on a G1 TRX. 2) For a hopping G1 TRX, if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY = 0 then TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Mandatory rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
90 / 1084
When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a "dual rate, half-rate preferred", to allocate a full rate channel. 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
91 / 1084
Maximum LAPD transmission queue length. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 5 Maximum 204 Default 105
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
92 / 1084
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV expiry. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
93 / 1084
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an OVERLOAD is received from the FU. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
94 / 1084
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
95 / 1084
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
96 / 1084
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
97 / 1084
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
98 / 1084
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 40
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
99 / 1084
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
100 / 1084
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
101 / 1084
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
102 / 1084
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
103 / 1084
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
104 / 1084
Minimum time before detecting a radio link failure of a DL TBF, triggered by N3105 or NstagnatingWindowDL. step size = 100 ms It is recommended to set a value close to the time of temporary very bad radio conditions that the operator would like to support during a DL TBF. Typically, a few seconds. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 25000 Default 4000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
105 / 1084
Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. 255: infinite transmission Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
106 / 1084
Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1. NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
107 / 1084
Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2. NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
108 / 1084
Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. 255: infinite transmission Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
109 / 1084
Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter is reset. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
110 / 1084
Protocol error threshold for alarm detection. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 10
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
111 / 1084
Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements. 8 bits, step size=1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 10
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
112 / 1084
Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
113 / 1084
Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
114 / 1084
This flag enables/disables SMS support. 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
115 / 1084
This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code. coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for national use Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 12 Default 12
Coding rules
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits. No No
116 / 1084
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
117 / 1084
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
118 / 1084
Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp. step size: 1 sec T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 600 Default 300
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
119 / 1084
Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload. Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 50 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
120 / 1084
Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure. step size = 0.1sec For BSC Evolution, the default value must be increased to 22 sec. Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking No No
121 / 1084
Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 25.5 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
122 / 1084
Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 6553.5 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
123 / 1084
Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
124 / 1084
Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive. step size = 1 sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
125 / 1084
Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is ignored. step size = 0.1sec T1_0858 < T2_0858 Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 6553.5 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
126 / 1084
Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending OVERLOAD. step size = 0.1sec T2_0858 > T1_0858 Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 6553.5 Default 50
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
127 / 1084
Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 10
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
128 / 1084
Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
129 / 1084
Supervision of the Physical Context procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
130 / 1084
Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection (started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received). step size = 0.1sec T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
131 / 1084
Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC. stepsize = 0.1 Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 2 Maximum 25.5 Default 5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
132 / 1084
Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 50 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
133 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 0. THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 25
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
134 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 1. THRESHOLD_1_1 >= THRESHOLD_2_1 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 28
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
135 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 10. THRESHOLD_1_10 >= THRESHOLD_2_10 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 55
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
136 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 2. THRESHOLD_1_2 >= THRESHOLD_2_2 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 31
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
137 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 3. THRESHOLD_1_3 >= THRESHOLD_2_3 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 34
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
138 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 4. THRESHOLD_1_4 >= THRESHOLD_2_4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 37
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
139 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 5. THRESHOLD_1_5 >= THRESHOLD_2_5 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 40
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
140 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 6. THRESHOLD_1_6 >= THRESHOLD_2_6 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 43
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
141 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 7. THRESHOLD_1_7 >= THRESHOLD_2_7 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 46
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
142 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 8. THRESHOLD_1_8 >= THRESHOLD_2_8 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 49
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
143 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 9. THRESHOLD_1_9 >= THRESHOLD_2_9 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 52
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
144 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 0. THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 22
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
145 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 1. THRESHOLD_2_1 <= THRESHOLD_1_1 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 25
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
146 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 10. THRESHOLD_2_10 <= THRESHOLD_1_10 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 52
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
147 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 2. THRESHOLD_2_2 <= THRESHOLD_1_2 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 28
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
148 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 3. THRESHOLD_2_3 <= THRESHOLD_1_3 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 31
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
149 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 4. THRESHOLD_2_4 <= THRESHOLD_1_4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 34
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
150 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 5. THRESHOLD_2_5 <= THRESHOLD_1_5 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 37
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
151 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 6. THRESHOLD_2_6 <= THRESHOLD_1_6 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 40
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
152 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 7. THRESHOLD_2_7 <= THRESHOLD_1_7 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 43
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
153 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 8. THRESHOLD_2_8 <= THRESHOLD_1_8 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 46
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
154 / 1084
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 9. THRESHOLD_2_9 <= THRESHOLD_1_9 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 49
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
155 / 1084
Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller. step size = 0.1sec TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 50 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
156 / 1084
Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Low Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is less than TL0. TL0 < TL3 < TL4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
157 / 1084
BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. TL1 < TL2 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 70
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
158 / 1084
BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. TL3 > TL4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 85
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
159 / 1084
Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level: 1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in "High Overload" state if "TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4"; 2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in "Very High Overload" State if "TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4"; 3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in "Low Overload" state if "TL0 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL3. T0 < TL3 < TL4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 75
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
160 / 1084
Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Very High Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL4. TL4 > TL3 > TL0 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 95
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
161 / 1084
Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload. 1 for TCU, 0 for others Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC proc Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors No No
162 / 1084
Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller. step size = 0.1sec TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 50 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
163 / 1084
Window size for level averages for handover. A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
164 / 1084
Window size for level averages for microcell handover. A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO Parameters /Lower Layer HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
165 / 1084
Window size for level averages for power control. A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
166 / 1084
Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: DIR Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry No No
167 / 1084
Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget calculation. A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 16
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 12 12 12 12 6 12 12 12
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
168 / 1084
Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation. step size = 1 Samfr A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 61 Default 61
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
169 / 1084
Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation. step size = 1 Samfr A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 61 Default 8
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
170 / 1084
Window size for quality averages for handover. A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
171 / 1084
Window size for quality averages for power control. A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
172 / 1084
Window size for distance averages. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
173 / 1084
Window size for load averages. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 12
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 4 t02 4 t03 8 t04 8 t05 12 t06 12 t07 12 t08 12 t09 12 t010 12 t011 12 t012 12
174 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
175 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 1 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
176 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 11 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
177 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 12 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
178 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 13 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
179 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 14 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
180 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 15 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
181 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 2 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
182 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 3 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
183 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 4 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
184 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 5 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
185 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 6 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
186 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 7 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
187 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 8 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
188 / 1084
Indicates if Access Class 9 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
189 / 1084
Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4. 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters. 1= the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters in a SYS INFO TYPE or message 8 are used Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection No No
190 / 1084
Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when there is one remaining free AGCH block. 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled Lets define the free AGCH blocks as the number of blocks remaining for the AGCH messages when the BCCH extended block and NCH blocks have been excluded. - If there is no free AGCH block then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS ) - If there is only one free AGCH block then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed) - If there is more than one free AGCH then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden). Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Ctrl Channel No No
191 / 1084
Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0 No No
192 / 1084
Hysteresis for AMR FR codec mode adaptation. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 7.5 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. No No
193 / 1084
Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR FR calls (1 to 4 codecs). bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 240 Default 164
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s No No
194 / 1084
Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 6.5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. No No
195 / 1084
Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_2 <= 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 11.5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. No No
196 / 1084
Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_3 <= 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 11.5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. No No
197 / 1084
Hysteresis for AMR HR codec mode adaptation. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 7.5 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
198 / 1084
Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR HR calls (1 to 4 codecs). Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset; In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS. Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 60 Default 22
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). No No
199 / 1084
Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 11
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
200 / 1084
Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_2 <= 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 12.5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
201 / 1084
Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_3 <= 16dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 12.5
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
202 / 1084
Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a FR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR No No
203 / 1084
Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a HR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s. Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR HR should be avoided. Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC &SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR No No
204 / 1084
This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
205 / 1084
This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
206 / 1084
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
207 / 1084
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
208 / 1084
Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 35 Default 5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type. No No
209 / 1084
BTS colour code of the cell. coded over 3 bits Equal to BCC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
210 / 1084
BTS colour code of the cell. coded over 3 bits Equal to BCC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
211 / 1084
BTS colour code of the adjacent cell. coded over 3 bits Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit External Cell / Circuit 1/2 Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
212 / 1084
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell. - BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n) - In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM" or "EGSM-DCS1800", the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to external cells. - for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC: There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all cells which are target for reselection of the same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) <> Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty. -for Non Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards : There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all cells which are target for reselection of that same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty. - For Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards : There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all target cells.
Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1023 Default None
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
213 / 1084
Indicates the frequency used as BCCH. - BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n) - In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM" or "EGSM-DCS1800", the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to external cells.
- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC: There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all cells which are target for reselection of the same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) <> Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty. -for Non Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards : There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all cells which are target for reselection of that same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty. - For Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards : There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all target cells. Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent Minimum 0 Maximum 1023 Default None
214 / 1084
This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH. 0: false, 1:true -BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium one. -When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . If BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Recommended rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Radio Channel Config / TRX Configuration No No
215 / 1084
Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH). coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . If BCCH_EXT = false , then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 No No
216 / 1084
Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
217 / 1084
Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
218 / 1084
Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group. coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 9 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. No No
219 / 1084
This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). No No
220 / 1084
This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
221 / 1084
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
222 / 1084
BTS minimum allowed transmission power. step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAX BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default -24
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
223 / 1084
BSC X25 primary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference OMC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default *
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
224 / 1084
First character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
225 / 1084
Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
226 / 1084
Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
227 / 1084
Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
228 / 1084
Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
229 / 1084
Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
230 / 1084
Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
231 / 1084
Second character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
232 / 1084
Third character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
233 / 1084
Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
234 / 1084
Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
235 / 1084
Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
236 / 1084
Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
237 / 1084
Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
238 / 1084
Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
239 / 1084
BSC X25 secondary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference OMC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default *
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
240 / 1084
First character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
241 / 1084
Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
242 / 1084
Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
243 / 1084
Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
244 / 1084
Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
245 / 1084
Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
246 / 1084
Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
247 / 1084
Second character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
248 / 1084
Third character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
249 / 1084
Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
250 / 1084
Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
251 / 1084
Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
252 / 1084
Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
253 / 1084
Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
254 / 1084
Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No DCN Management / Add a BSS The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
255 / 1084
Signalling Point Code of the BSC. coded over 14 bits Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default 12
OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: No BSS parameters / A interface info Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing the BSC. Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
256 / 1084
Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
257 / 1084
Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC. Site (CAE) Abstract BSC cell Unit None Minimum # Maximum # Default #
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
258 / 1084
Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued simultaneously. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 4 t02 4 t03 6 t04 6 t05 10 t06 10 t07 10 t08 10 t09 10 t010 10 t011 10 t012 10
259 / 1084
This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell. 0: allowed, 1: not allowed Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
260 / 1084
Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection. 0 to 16 bytes string Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255]. No No
261 / 1084
Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process. 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 5 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
262 / 1084
This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a "general capture" handover. 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO ctrl No No
263 / 1084
CBC X25 primary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 32
OMC Changes: changeable RNO Changes: No DCN management/Modify Peer Entities The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
264 / 1084
CBC X25 secondary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 32
OMC Changes: changeable RNO Changes: No DCN management/Modify Peer Entities The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
265 / 1084
Identifies the CBC operator. 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 32
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
266 / 1084
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
267 / 1084
Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and outgoing primitives. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3. No No
268 / 1084
Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages. step size=1 (51mfr) RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 51mfr Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 255
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel No No
269 / 1084
Period over which CCCH load measurements are made. step size=1 RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 51mfr Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 32
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel No No
270 / 1084
Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE. Used for cell default parameter template. Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11) - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer". A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable). - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. Site (CAE) Abstract OMC cell Unit None Minimum * Maximum * Default #
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Modifiable
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL/PAG/RRM/HPC/HOC/DIR/GPR Create Cell(+ External OMC cell information) *: possible values are: - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric - Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric - Mini Concentric - Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) - Extended Inner - Extended Outer
271 / 1084
No No
272 / 1084
Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection. 0: normal priority, 1: low priority Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Control No No
273 / 1084
Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell. 0: Order, 1: Grade Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
274 / 1084
Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state. step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. No No
275 / 1084
Permanent offset to C2 criterion. step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 126 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection No No
276 / 1084
Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast. 0: not present, 1: present Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection No No
277 / 1084
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description ( + Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
278 / 1084
Cell Identity of adjacent cell LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI (MFS) Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
279 / 1084
List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7. The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 1
Mandatory rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Ciphering No No
280 / 1084
List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7. The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 2
Mandatory rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
281 / 1084
List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities. Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is supported. bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not supported. bit x =1: encryption supported Site (CAE) Flag BSC BTS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 1
OMC Changes: Displayed(EML) RNO Changes: No Create/Modify/Copy/Move BTS / Additional information Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
282 / 1084
Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit. Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number Site (CAE) Reference BSC A ch Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
OMC Changes: displayed(EML) RNO Changes: No BSS parameters / A interface info Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
283 / 1084
Correction factor favouring handover cause "Power budget" when traffic is high in the serving cell and low in neighbour cell(s). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 24 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
284 / 1084
Correction factor penalizing handover cause "Power budget" when traffic is low in the serving cell and high in neighbour cell(s). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 24 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
285 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: DIR Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry No No
286 / 1084
This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls. 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
287 / 1084
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR FR speech calls. 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR No No
288 / 1084
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR HR speech calls. 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR No No
289 / 1084
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls. 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
290 / 1084
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Site (CAE) Flag OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Description No No
291 / 1084
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR FR. 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR FR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Site (CAE) Flag OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Description No No
292 / 1084
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Site (CAE) Flag OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Description No No
293 / 1084
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR HR. 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR HR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Site (CAE) Flag OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Description No No
294 / 1084
Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
295 / 1084
This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Directed Retry. coded over 8 bits Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 13
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry Default value depends on MSC type No No
296 / 1084
This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry. 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry Default value depends on MSC type No No
297 / 1084
This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Directed Retry attempt. 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry Default value depends on MSC type No No
298 / 1084
This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Directed Retry. 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry Default value depends on MSC type No No
299 / 1084
This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
300 / 1084
Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to 15. 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
301 / 1084
This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation (Handover Causes 26 and 27). 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_AMR_CA can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
302 / 1084
This flag controls whether or not AMR full rate is allowed in the cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No No
303 / 1084
This flag controls whether or not AMR half rate is allowed in the cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No No
304 / 1084
This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure. 0:disable, 1: enable Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: RRM Edit RMS Template / Template X / Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
305 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "too high level in outer zone" handover cause (cause 13). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
306 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) No No
307 / 1084
This flag enables/disables BS Power Control. 0: disabled1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
308 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking No No
309 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "distance" handover cause (cause 6). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
310 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure. 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. No No
311 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA No No
312 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control No No
313 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the "Forced Directed Retry" handover cause detection. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry No No
314 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "general capture" handover cause (cause 24). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and Multiband HO ctrl No No
315 / 1084
This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure This parameter is only valid for circuit switched traffic. For packet traffic (GPRS or EGPRS) sending of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages cannot be disabled. No No
316 / 1084
This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
317 / 1084
This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
318 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR calls. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
319 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) for AMR calls. 0: disable, 1: enable It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
320 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for non AMR calls. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
321 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for AMR calls. 0: disable, 1: enable It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
322 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
323 / 1084
This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec" algorithm for TFO. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No No
324 / 1084
Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell /HO Parameters / Hierarchical & Multiband HO Control EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A disable (0) disable (0) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
325 / 1084
This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list of target cells. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
326 / 1084
This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
327 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "level downlink micro-cell" handover cause (cause 18). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
328 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "level uplink mirco-cell " handover cause (cause 17). 0: disabled1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Lower Layer HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
329 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "high level in neighbour lower or indoor cell" handover cause (cause 14). 0: disabled, 1: enabled In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
330 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "consecutive bad SACCH frames" handover cause (cause 7). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
331 / 1084
This flag enables/disables MS Power Control. 0: disabled1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
332 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands. 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
333 / 1084
This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion. 0: disabled, 1: enabled This parameter must be set to disabled in case of extended cell Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
334 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "power budget" handover cause (cause 12). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level No No
335 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the preferred band). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl No No
336 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell evaluation process. 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
337 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
338 / 1084
This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells. 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1) disable (0) N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
339 / 1084
Flag enabling the intracell handovers allowing to move TCH from the PS zone to the CS zone of PDCH/TCH allocation Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
340 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "level downlink" handover cause (cause 5). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level No No
341 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "level uplink" handover cause (cause 3). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level No No
342 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "quality downlink" handover cause (cause 4). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
343 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "quality uplink" handover cause (cause 2). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
344 / 1084
This flag controls "Current channel" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control Default value depends on MSC type No No
345 / 1084
This flag controls "Speech version (used)" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control Default value depends on MSC type No No
346 / 1084
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. 0: disabled, 1: enabled May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 No No
347 / 1084
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit External Cell / Circuit 2/2 This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. No No
348 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
349 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the TCH/VGCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a point-to-point or voice group call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a point-to-point or voice group call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state. 0:disabled, 1:enabled - EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / Gen. Timers & Proc. In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will first try to use one of these resources before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set. In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming point-to-point request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at most T_qho seconds for an handover request. For the voice group call request, the BSC will follow the MSC indicator. No No
350 / 1084
This flag enables/ disables TFO function. 0: disabled; 1: enabled May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_MATCH = 0 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No No
351 / 1084
This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function. 0: disabled; 1: enabled may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1 May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No No
352 / 1084
This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function. 0: disabled; 1: enabled may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No No
353 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the detection of "traffic" handover cause (cause 23). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies As the traffic load of cells external to the BSC is unknown, no HO cause 23 will be triggered towards these cells, even if EN_TRAFFIC_HO = 1. No No
354 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type No No
355 / 1084
This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO. 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
356 / 1084
This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used. 0: not used, 1: used shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes". No No
357 / 1084
Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS. 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR Significant only if EN_AMR_FR or EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
358 / 1084
Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX. 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General timers and procedures No No
359 / 1084
Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR FR or AMR HR. 0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation will start even if AMR used) FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR (EN_AMR_HR = 1) No No
360 / 1084
This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by the MSC. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
361 / 1084
This flag enables/disables sending of "Classmark 3" IE to the MSC. 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking The value of this parameter depends on whether the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE or not: if the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE then the parameter shall be set to "1", otherwise the parameter shall be set to "0". No No
362 / 1084
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
363 / 1084
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
364 / 1084
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
365 / 1084
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 <= Freefactor_5 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
366 / 1084
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
367 / 1084
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 1 t02 2 t03 3 t04 3 t05 4 t06 5 t07 5 t08 6 t09 7 t010 7 t011 8 t012 8
368 / 1084
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 2 t02 3 t03 5 t04 6 t05 7 t06 9 t07 10 t08 12 t09 13 t010 14 t011 16 t012 17
369 / 1084
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 4 t02 7 t03 10 t04 12 t05 14 t06 17 t07 20 t08 23 t09 26 t010 28 t011 31 t012 34
370 / 1084
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 6 t02 9 t03 12 t04 15 t05 21 t06 26 t07 30 t08 34 t09 38 t010 42 t011 47 t012 51
371 / 1084
Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: DIR Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb 255 * 255 *
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 4 t02 4 t03 4 t04 4 t05 4 t06 4 t07 4 t08 4 t09 4 t010 4 t011 4 t012 4
372 / 1084
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM" or "EGSM-DCS1800", the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
373 / 1084
Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 0
Modifiable
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL/PAG/RRM/HPC/HOC/DIR/GPR Edit Cell / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) No No
374 / 1084
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. - If FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric". - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM" or "EGSM-DCS1800", the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 0
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit external cell / circuit 1/2
375 / 1084
External Comment
Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands. No No
376 / 1084
This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC. 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2 Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
377 / 1084
High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. step size = 10% H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 80 t02 80 t03 80 t04 80 t05 80 t06 80 t07 80 t08 80 t09 80 t010 80 t011 80 t012 80
378 / 1084
Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 120 Default 20
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
379 / 1084
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 10
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
380 / 1084
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 15
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
381 / 1084
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 14
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
382 / 1084
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 13
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
383 / 1084
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 12
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
384 / 1084
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 11
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
385 / 1084
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls. HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 70 t02 70 t03 80 t04 80 t05 80 t06 80 t07 80 t08 80 t09 80 t010 80 t011 80 t012 80
386 / 1084
Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in "BA Range" Information Element. RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 1023 Default -1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Reselection RANGEi_HIGHER = -1 means that it shall not be included in "BA Range" IE. Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) No No
387 / 1084
Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected. step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, , 31: 29.76s Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
388 / 1084
Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget HO. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
389 / 1084
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB -29 dB 5 dB
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
390 / 1084
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 2 dB 2 dB 0 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB -29 dB 5 dB
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
391 / 1084
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB -29 dB 5 dB
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
392 / 1084
This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
393 / 1084
This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC). Note that the O&M activities are not dependent on this flag. 0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are triggered; 1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are not triggered; Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking No No
394 / 1084
This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Equal to ATT (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
395 / 1084
This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Equal to ATT (BSC) Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
396 / 1084
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls. IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 45 t02 45 t03 60 t04 60 t05 60 t06 60 t07 60 t08 60 t09 60 t010 60 t011 60 t012 60
397 / 1084
Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots. step size=1 Samfr INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
398 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry No No
399 / 1084
Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD1 < INTFBD2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
400 / 1084
Limit between interference band 2 and interference band 3. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -95
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
401 / 1084
Limit between interference band 3 and interference band 4. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD4 > INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -90
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
402 / 1084
Limit between interference band 4 and interference band 5. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD5 > INTFBD4 > INTFBD3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -85
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
403 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. Additionally, the flag related to handover cause 30, EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO is set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) and RAE4 reasons (cause 30) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled. No No
404 / 1084
Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers. 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No No
405 / 1084
Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. step size = 10% L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 0 t02 10 t03 20 t04 40 t05 40 t06 40 t07 40 t08 40 t09 40 t010 40 t011 40 t012 40
406 / 1084
Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 120 Default 8
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
407 / 1084
Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -85
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl (+ Edit Adjacency) No No
408 / 1084
Downlink level threshold for handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH L_RXLEV_DL_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -96
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm (14) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm (14) -98 dBm (12)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
409 / 1084
Lower downlink level threshold for power control. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -85
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level No No
410 / 1084
Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -110
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: DIR Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -70 dBm (40) -85 dBm (25) N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
411 / 1084
Uplink level threshold for handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
412 / 1084
Lower uplink level threshold for power control. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -90
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -85 dBm (25) -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
413 / 1084
Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality Higher value is the worst quality No No
414 / 1084
Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR calls. step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
415 / 1084
Lower downlink quality threshold for power control. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality Higher value is the worst quality No No
416 / 1084
Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality Higher value is the worst quality No No
417 / 1084
Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR calls. step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
418 / 1084
Lower uplink quality threshold for power control. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality Higher value is the worst quality No No
419 / 1084
Location Area Code. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (MFS) A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description ( + Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
420 / 1084
Location Area Code of adjacent cell LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (MFS) A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
421 / 1084
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -24 Maximum 24 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
422 / 1084
Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell instead of the load computation on the whole cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation. EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO significant only for concentric and multiband cells. No No
423 / 1084
Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging. Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 30 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
424 / 1084
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
425 / 1084
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
426 / 1084
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -5 -5 -5 -5 -4 -5 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
427 / 1084
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 >= Loadfactor_5 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -7 -7 -7 -7 -6 -7 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
428 / 1084
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -10 -10 -10 -10 -8 -10 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
429 / 1084
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 50
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
430 / 1084
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 60
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
431 / 1084
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
432 / 1084
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 90
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif No No
433 / 1084
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls. LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n, then no Handover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can be triggered towards that cell n. No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 20 t02 20 t03 50 t04 50 t05 50 t06 50 t07 50 t08 50 t09 50 t010 50 t011 50 t012 50
434 / 1084
Low threshold to trigger handover cause "too short distance" in outer cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
435 / 1084
Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in "BA Range" Information Element. Coded on 16 bits. RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 1023 Default -1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Reselection RANGEi_LOWER = -1 means that it shall not be included in "BA Range" IE Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) No No
436 / 1084
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). coded on 3 bytes max Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS) The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16777215 Default 16777215
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. No No
437 / 1084
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). coded on 3 bytes max Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC) The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16777215 Default 16777215
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. No No
438 / 1084
List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5). coded on 3 bytes max Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16777215 Default 16777215
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No External Cell / Circuit 2/2 This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. No No
439 / 1084
Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities. coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. No No
440 / 1084
Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection. coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB). Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 42 Default 42
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold. No No
441 / 1084
Cell Identity of the Mate cell - MATE_CI (BSC) = MATE_CI (MFS) - If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then the other mate cell shall also be configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) - For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. (MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only. No No
442 / 1084
Location Area Code of the Mate cell For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. (MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only No No
443 / 1084
Maximum Power increase in one power command. step size = 2dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 16 Default 8
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
444 / 1084
Maximum Power reduction in one power command. step size = 2dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 16 Default 8
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
445 / 1084
Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH. Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
446 / 1084
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
447 / 1084
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
448 / 1084
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
449 / 1084
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
450 / 1084
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
451 / 1084
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
452 / 1084
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI8 > MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 14
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
453 / 1084
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 > MEAS_STAT_BFI7 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 18
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
454 / 1084
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 22
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
455 / 1084
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default -12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
456 / 1084
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default -9
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
457 / 1084
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default -6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
458 / 1084
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default -3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
459 / 1084
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
460 / 1084
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
461 / 1084
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
462 / 1084
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 9
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
463 / 1084
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
464 / 1084
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -53
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
465 / 1084
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
466 / 1084
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -66
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
467 / 1084
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -72
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
468 / 1084
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -79
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
469 / 1084
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -85
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
470 / 1084
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -91
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
471 / 1084
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -97
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
472 / 1084
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -104
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 3/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
473 / 1084
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default -50
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 2/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
474 / 1084
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default -30
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 2/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
475 / 1084
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default -20
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 2/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
476 / 1084
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default -10
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 2/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
477 / 1084
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 2/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
478 / 1084
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 10
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 2/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
479 / 1084
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 20
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 2/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
480 / 1084
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 30
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 2/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
481 / 1084
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 50
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 2/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
482 / 1084
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
483 / 1084
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
484 / 1084
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
485 / 1084
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
486 / 1084
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 14
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
487 / 1084
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 16
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
488 / 1084
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 18
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
489 / 1084
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
490 / 1084
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 22
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
491 / 1084
Upper limit of the first TA band, lower limit of the second TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) 0 < MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 7
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
492 / 1084
Upper limit of the 2nd TA band, lower limit of the 3rd TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 13
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
493 / 1084
Upper limit of the 3rd TA band, lower limit of the 4th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 19
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
494 / 1084
Upper limit of the 4th TA band, lower limit of the 5th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4 < MEAS_STAT_TA_5 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 25
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
495 / 1084
Upper limit of the 5th TA band, lower limit of the 6th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_4 < MEAS_STAT_TA_5 < MEAS_STAT_TA_6 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 31
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
496 / 1084
Upper limit of the 6th TA band, lower limit of the 7th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_5 < MEAS_STAT_TA_6 < MEAS_STAT_TA_7 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 37
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
497 / 1084
Upper limit of the 7th TA band, lower limit of the 8th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_6 < MEAS_STAT_TA_7 < MEAS_STAT_TA_8 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 43
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
498 / 1084
Upper limit of the 8th TA band, lower limit of the 9th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_7 < MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 49
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
499 / 1084
Upper limit of the 9th TA band, lower limit of the 10th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 < 63 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 55
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
500 / 1084
Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS "fast" when leaving the cell with a handover. step size=1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 120 Default 40
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 s 40 s N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
501 / 1084
Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. 3 digits BCD The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Network The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
502 / 1084
Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. 3 digits BCD The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No RNUSM / Edit Network The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). No No
503 / 1084
Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 3s 3s 3s 3s 2s 3s 3s 3s
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
504 / 1084
Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 1s 1s 1s 1s 0s 1s 1s 1s
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
505 / 1084
MS maximum allowed transmission power. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,...., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). No No
External Comment
506 / 1084
MS maximum allowed transmission power. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No External Cell / Circuit 1/2 According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); -Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). No No
507 / 1084
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). No No
508 / 1084
MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric or multiband cell. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.
509 / 1084
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
510 / 1084
MS minimum allowed transmission power. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ...,13: 17 dBm,, 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 13: 17 dBm,, 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,, 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,, 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 17
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 17 dBm Default value for GSM850: 17 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 4 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 4 dBm No No
External Comment
511 / 1084
Signalling Point Code of the MSC. coded over 14 bits Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default 12
OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: No BSS parameters / A interface info Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
512 / 1084
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. 0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Internetworking MSC Internetworking No No
513 / 1084
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. 0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Internetworking MSC Internetworking No No
514 / 1084
Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. Coded over 2 bits: 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl No No
515 / 1084
Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. Coded over 2 bits: 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl No No
516 / 1084
This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband handover. 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl No No
517 / 1084
Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover. 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M +1 2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 128 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A 4 N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
518 / 1084
Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
519 / 1084
Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 8 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 6 t02 6 t03 3 t04 3 t05 2 t06 2 t07 2 t08 2 t09 2 t010 2 t011 2 t012 2
520 / 1084
Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 8 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
521 / 1084
Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control No No
522 / 1084
Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 5 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
523 / 1084
Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step. Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
524 / 1084
Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
525 / 1084
Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step. Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 5 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC /Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
526 / 1084
Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the MSC. 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking No No
527 / 1084
Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before an alarm is reported. If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking No No
528 / 1084
Network Colour code of the cell. Coded over 3 bits. Equal to NCC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
529 / 1084
Network Colour code of the cell. Coded over 3 bits. Equal to NCC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
530 / 1084
Network Colour code of the neighbour cell. Coded over 3 bits. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell No No
External Comment
531 / 1084
Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network. Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
532 / 1084
This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing advance. 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover Failure procedure Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
533 / 1084
Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13. coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
534 / 1084
Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cause 27 handovers). step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an on-going call unnecessarily. No No
535 / 1084
Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION. For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 3 Maximum 35 Default 20
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
536 / 1084
Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load. step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
537 / 1084
Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load. step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
538 / 1084
Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer zone (especially in multiband cells). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level No No
539 / 1084
Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
540 / 1084
Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
541 / 1084
Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause "level uplink micro-cell" or "level downlink micro-cell". coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -80
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Low Layer HO Ctrl (+ Edit Adjacency) Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A -88 dBm (22) -88 dBm (22) N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
542 / 1084
This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell. 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phones from ringing in specific cells No No
543 / 1084
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 20 Maximum 620 Default 20
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited (31) inhibited (31)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
544 / 1084
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value. PENALTY_TIME(MFS) = PENALTY_TIME(BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 20 Maximum 620 Default 20
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection No No
545 / 1084
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit sec Minimum 20 Maximum 620 Default 20
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit external cell / packet No No
546 / 1084
A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a "ping-pong" effect. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
547 / 1084
Weighting factor for power increase. step size = 0.1 POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0.8
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
548 / 1084
Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 14 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
549 / 1084
Weighting factor for power reduction. step size = 0.1 POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
550 / 1084
Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 4 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
551 / 1084
Preference mark assigned to a given TRX. 0: PS/CS TRX: This TRX can carry PS and CS traffic and has the lowest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call. 1: CS TRX with preference mark 1: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the preference mark 1 in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call. 7: CS TRX with preference mark 7: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the highest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to served a CS call. It means that this TRX has the highest priority for CS traffic. 1) For a TRX in the inner zone of a monoband or multiband concentric cell, the parameter TRX_PREF_MARK shall be set to a non-null value. 2) For a hopping G1 TRX, if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY = 0 then TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) In case of cell shared over 2 BTSs, the GPRS TRXs of the cell (ie TRX_PREF_MARK=0) can be either on the main sector or on the secondary, but not on both. 5) the maximum number of PS capable TRX (ie TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) defined in one cell is 12.
Mandatory rules
552 / 1084
Value
Unit None
Minimum 0
Maximum 7
Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / TRX Configuration If EGPRS is activated in the cell, TRX_PREF_MARK (BCCH TRX) = 0 and the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware and a transmission pool allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined in timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX). No No
553 / 1084
Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed. 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
554 / 1084
This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a BSS are configured as satellite links. No No
555 / 1084
This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency are not included. Equal to PWRC (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
556 / 1084
This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall not be included Equal to PWRC (BSC) Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
557 / 1084
Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 127
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
558 / 1084
Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit bytes Minimum 1 Maximum 8192 Default 4096
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
559 / 1084
MTP2 timer "alignment ready". Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 40 Maximum 50 Default 50
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
560 / 1084
MTP2 timer "not aligned". Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 5 Maximum 150 Default 30
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
561 / 1084
MTP2 timer "aligned". step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 1.5 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
562 / 1084
MTP2 Emergency proving period. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.4 Maximum 0.6 Default 0.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
563 / 1084
MTP2 Normal proving period. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 7.5 Maximum 9.5 Default 8.2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
564 / 1084
MTP2 timer "remote congestion". step size = 0.1sec Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 6 Default 5.4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
565 / 1084
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.7 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
566 / 1084
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt). step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 1.2 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
567 / 1084
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt). step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 1.2 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
568 / 1084
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement. step size = 0.1sec Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 4 Maximum 12 Default 6.4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
569 / 1084
MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 30 Maximum 90 Default 60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
570 / 1084
Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. 64: no filtering Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS). Disable the filtering for extended cells. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 64
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. No No
571 / 1084
Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy. This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: 1: -110 dBm 5: -106 dBm 9: -102 dBm 13: -98 dBm 17: -94 dBm 21: -90 dBm 25: -86 dBm 29: -82 dBm 33: -78 dBm 37: -74 dBm 41: -70 dBm 45: -66 dBm 49: -62 dBm 53: -58 dBm 57: -54 dBm 61: -50 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -50 Default -106
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel No No
572 / 1084
Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path. RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 128 Default 18
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision No No
573 / 1084
Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery. N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 13
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 13 13 13 13 15 13 13 13
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
574 / 1084
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 4 Maximum 64 Default 16
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
575 / 1084
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit Samfr Minimum 4 Maximum 64 Default 16
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
576 / 1084
This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for basic CBCH. shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB No No
577 / 1084
This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for extended CBCH. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB No No
578 / 1084
This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it is not acknowledged). 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is received. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type No No
579 / 1084
This flag controls "Response request" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. 0: IE not included, 1: IE included When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control Default value depends on MSC type For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EXT_DR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. No No
580 / 1084
Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION. step size = 1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 > INTAVE Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 180 Default 60
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
581 / 1084
Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE, VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER). coded from 1 to 16 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA No No
582 / 1084
Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include "Time Difference" IE in HANDOVER COMPLETE. 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE, 1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
583 / 1084
Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS. 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s Site (CAE) Flag BSC BTS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
584 / 1084
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection No No
585 / 1084
Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad downlink quality. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -65
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -60 dBm (50)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
586 / 1084
Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -71
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm (39) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
587 / 1084
Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover on power budget (cause 12). Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -60 dBm (50)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
588 / 1084
Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -96
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -102 dBm (8)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
589 / 1084
Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink quality. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -65
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
590 / 1084
Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -78
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm (32) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
591 / 1084
Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit CBper Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 32
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB No No
592 / 1084
Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit CBper Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 32
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB No No
593 / 1084
Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control "0" means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. No No
594 / 1084
The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers. 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) disabled (1) * disabled (1) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
595 / 1084
Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time. 0: the classmark enquiry is never initiated by the BSC; 1: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will always initiate a classmark enquiry; 2: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will initiate the classmark enquiry if algorithm A5/1 is not available (information available in MS classmark 1 IE sent in the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST). Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking No No
596 / 1084
Signalling Link Code. Site (CAE) Reference BSC N7 ch Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 0
OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: BSS BSS parameters / A interface info Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
597 / 1084
This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product. 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2 Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive". If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0" Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking When migrating from FS1 to FS2, USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes", CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4. No No
598 / 1084
This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode. 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+ If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2" 'If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+" SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking No No
599 / 1084
This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication message. 0: No, 1: Yes shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking No No
600 / 1084
This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated. 0: activated, 1: deactivated Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking No No
601 / 1084
This flag controls the format of the "Classmark 2" IE sent to the MSC. 0: no modification on "Classmark2" IE, 1: octet 5 of "Classmark2" IE is stripped out EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
602 / 1084
This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells. 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer". Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
603 / 1084
SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message. step size = 0.5sec T(conn est) < T9105 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 127.5 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
604 / 1084
SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection. step size = 6sec Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC It is recommended to configure T(iar) > (2 x T(ias) used by the MSC) + 1 min Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 402 Maximum 1530 Default 1260
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
605 / 1084
SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message. step size = 6sec Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC It is recommended to configure T(ias) < (T(iar) used by the MSC - 1 min) / 2 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 96 Maximum 450 Default 300
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
606 / 1084
SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message. step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 8 Maximum 127.5 Default 15
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
607 / 1084
SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages. step size = 6sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 6 Maximum 1200 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
608 / 1084
Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive. step size = 1 sec Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 300 Default 30
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking No No
609 / 1084
Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages. step size =0.1 sec (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 25.5 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type No No
610 / 1084
Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover. step size= 1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 240 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control No No
611 / 1084
Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED. step size = 1sec T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7 T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for external handover execution Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 6 Maximum 120 Default 30
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control Depends on MSC type No No
612 / 1084
Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH queue. step size = 0.1sec T_IA<T3101 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 5 Default 2.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
613 / 1084
Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited. step size = 1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 240 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Hierarchical & Multiband HO Control T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function. No No
614 / 1084
Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent handover attempts. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
615 / 1084
This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS) T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel No No
616 / 1084
This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC) T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel No No
617 / 1084
Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests. step size = 1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
618 / 1084
Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. step size = 1 (2 x Samfr) T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control No No
619 / 1084
Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure. step size = 0.1sec T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 25.5 Default 16
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type No No
620 / 1084
Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests. step size = 1 s T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 19 Default 6
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure Default value depends on MSC type No No
621 / 1084
Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC. step size = 0.1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 19 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure Default value depends on MSC type No No
622 / 1084
Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 15
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type No No
623 / 1084
Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after reception of a processed OVERLOAD. step size: 0.1 sec T17 < T18_overload Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
624 / 1084
Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage. Step size: 0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 50
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring No No
625 / 1084
Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Telecom global reset procedure. step size: 0.1 sec T18_OVERLOAD > T17 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 50
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
626 / 1084
Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 25.5 Default 10
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking Default value depends on MSC type No No
627 / 1084
Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure. step size=0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 25.5 Default 16
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking No No
628 / 1084
Supervision of acknowledgements. step size: 100ms; (1: 100ms, 2: 200ms, 3: 300ms, 4: 400ms, .. . , 10: 1000ms The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. Site (CAE) Timer BSC A-bis link Unit ms Minimum 300 Maximum 1000 Default 300
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No The value of T200 (BSC) is driven by the associated Abis connection type. It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type) The default value 300 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. No No
629 / 1084
Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3101 > 2s Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
630 / 1084
Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR. T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F. Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 16.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control No No
631 / 1084
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH. T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 200 Maximum 220 Default 200
Recommended rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
632 / 1084
Criterion to stop T3105_D timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
633 / 1084
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR channels. T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 20 Maximum 250 Default 50
Recommended rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
634 / 1084
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR channels. T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 20 Maximum 250 Default 100
Recommended rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
635 / 1084
Criterion to stop T3105_F timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
636 / 1084
Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH synchronous handover. T3106_D < T3103 T3106_D < T9113 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 1100 Maximum 1500 Default 1200
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
637 / 1084
Criterion to stop T3106_D timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
638 / 1084
Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH synchronous handover. T3106_F < T3103 T3106_F < T9113 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 500 Maximum 1000 Default 1000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
639 / 1084
Criterion to stop T3106_F timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
640 / 1084
Supervision of the Assignment procedure. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 14
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
641 / 1084
Supervision of the Channel Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 35 Default 12
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
642 / 1084
Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
643 / 1084
This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. 0: no periodic location update Equal to T3212 (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit 6 mn Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
644 / 1084
Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 2 Maximum 6553.5 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC). No No
645 / 1084
Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED. step size = 0.1sec T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control Default value depends on MSC type No No
646 / 1084
Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 14
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control No No
647 / 1084
Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
648 / 1084
Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure. step size = 0.1sec T9105 > T(conn est) T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 11 Maximum 6553,5 Default 31
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
649 / 1084
Supervision of the channel modification in the MS. step size = 0.1sec T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer supervising the Modify procedure. Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 6553,5 Default 15
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure No No
650 / 1084
Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC. step size = 0.1sec T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 20
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control No No
651 / 1084
Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA 1 bper corresponds to about 550m No No
652 / 1084
Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl No No
653 / 1084
Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum infinity Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
654 / 1084
Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell is loaded. 0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set to 1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, it will stay in HR. If this flag is set to 2, if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, and if TFO is not possible in HR, the BSC will try to establish TFO with FR or EFR codec, provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1. No No
655 / 1084
Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 100 Maximum 3000 Default 500
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel No No
656 / 1084
Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 0 t02 20 t03 30 t04 40 t05 40 t06 40 t07 40 t08 40 t09 40 t010 40 t011 40 t012 40
657 / 1084
Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR. Step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 0 t02 20 t03 30 t04 40 t05 40 t06 40 t07 40 t08 40 t09 40 t010 40 t011 40 t012 40
658 / 1084
Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. Step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 70 t02 70 t03 70 t04 70 t05 70 t06 70 t07 70 t08 70 t09 70 t010 70 t011 70 t012 70
659 / 1084
Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR. Step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 70 t02 70 t03 70 t04 70 t05 70 t06 70 t07 70 t08 70 t09 70 t010 70 t011 70 t012 70
660 / 1084
Threshold for channel adaptation under high load. step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
661 / 1084
Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load. step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality No No
662 / 1084
Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD. Site (CAE) Timer OMC cell Unit sec Minimum 2 Maximum 3264 Default 120
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD. No No
663 / 1084
Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone of a concentric cell. Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone. Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC TRX Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Radio Channel Config. / TRX Configuration Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A # # N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
664 / 1084
Training Sequence Code for any (packet) channel except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH coded over 3 bits Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Two training sequence codes are used in Alcatel BSS: *) TSC for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter BCC. This behaviour is compliant to 3GPP TS 05.02 which states that for BCCH and CCCH, the TSC must be equal to the BCC. In Alcatel BSS, for CBCH, the TSC is also set to BCC. **) TSC for any other (packet) channel: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter TSC.
No No
665 / 1084
Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Equal to Tx_integer (MFS) When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF =0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1. When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH. The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.
Coding rules
666 / 1084
Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF =0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 No No
667 / 1084
Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm (19) N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
668 / 1084
Upper downlink level threshold for power control. coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -75
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level No No
669 / 1084
Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm (12) N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
670 / 1084
Upper uplink level threshold for power control. coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -75
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -75 dBm (35) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
671 / 1084
Upper downlink quality threshold for power control. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality Highest value is the worst quality No No
672 / 1084
Upper uplink quality threshold for power control. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality Highest value is the worst quality No No
673 / 1084
Timing Advance threshold for distance handover. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 63
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 34.5 km (62) 35 km (63)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
674 / 1084
Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics. step size = 1 Samfr Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 128 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
675 / 1084
Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
676 / 1084
Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
677 / 1084
Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
678 / 1084
Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
679 / 1084
Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -95
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
680 / 1084
Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
681 / 1084
Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Description Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
682 / 1084
Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied. A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
683 / 1084
Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied. A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
684 / 1084
Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied. A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
685 / 1084
Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied. A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
686 / 1084
Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
687 / 1084
Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied. A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
688 / 1084
Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied. A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size No No
689 / 1084
This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from the MSC. 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC. No No
690 / 1084
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Call Re-establishment". 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
691 / 1084
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Emergency call". 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
692 / 1084
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Originating call". 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
693 / 1084
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Location updating" or "Other procedures which can be completed with an SDCCH". 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 5
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers No No
694 / 1084
Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -40 Maximum 40 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level No No
695 / 1084
Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -40 Maximum 40 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level No No
696 / 1084
Upper limit of interference band 5. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm System (CST) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: displayed RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 No No
697 / 1084
This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC. 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC System (CST) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking No No
698 / 1084
699 / 1084
Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN. 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1 ; ; 100: 10 Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 10 Default 0.6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
700 / 1084
Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN. 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1 ; ; 100: 10 BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)) Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 10 Default 0.6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
701 / 1084
This flag enables / disables autonomous rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) Network (CDE) Flag MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
702 / 1084
This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation) 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Network (CDE) Flag MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
703 / 1084
Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. step size = 0.1 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 100 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
704 / 1084
Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. step size = 0.1 FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the maximum multi-slot class of the MS present on the network Network (CDE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
705 / 1084
Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSCs of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 7
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
706 / 1084
Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSCs of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 32 Default 7
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
707 / 1084
Maximum mean BLER value that a TBF can possibly reach step size = 0,05 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 0.95 Default 0.35
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The MAX_BLER value is used by RRM to evaluate the minimum number of GCHs necessary to support RT traffic on a TRX. No No
708 / 1084
Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
709 / 1084
Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A). N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
710 / 1084
Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
711 / 1084
For a PDCH, percentage of channel capacity (in terms of radio block scheduling) which is exclusively reserved to NRT TBFs. That capacity is not allowed to be allocated to a streaming TBF (RT PFC). step size = 1% Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 7
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: In each direction (DL or UL), the minimum number of NRT TBFs which are possible (in all cases) to be established on a PDCH is equal to ((NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN/100) * (T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING/20ms)) rounded down to the closest integer value. This minimum number of NRT TBFs is guaranteed even in case of RT PFC allocation on the PDCH. The higher the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting RT PFC creation requests. The lower the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting NRT TBF establishment requests (signalling or data traffic).
No No
712 / 1084
Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime. 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled Should be set to "ordering disabled", when the MFS interfaces with an Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPI in a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to "ordering enabled". Network (CDE) Flag MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
713 / 1084
Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
714 / 1084
When computing the best candidate timeslot allocation for an NRT TBF, this factor enables to give a higher weight (PDCH capacity) to the already-established NRT TBFs having a higher scheduling priority (combination of THP and of Precedence) than the TBF to be established or reallocated. This factor will tend to avoid piling up several TBFs with different scheduling priorities on the same PDCHs, which would degrade the throughput of the low-priority TBFs. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The higher the value of T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING is, the higher the value of SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR shall be, in order to avoid degrading the throughput of the low-priority TBFs in a significant manner (if it is possible according to the available PDCHs in the cell). No No
715 / 1084
Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or beginning of an UL TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, or on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode. step size = 0.1 sec It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS. - T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 5 Default 1.2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
716 / 1084
Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a network sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode. step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10 It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
717 / 1084
Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for candidate MSs (triggers T3 and T4). In a given cell, at each expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer : - up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4 T4 TBF reallocation attempts are performed, - up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 T3 TBF reallocation attempts are performed step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established. Network (CDE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 20 Default 1
Coding rules
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Customer BUL files This parameter, together with the parameters N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 and N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4, allows to : - to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 and T4 TBF reallocations, - and to control the extra CPU load generated by T3 and T4 TBF reallocation attempts (the lowest the value of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the highest the generated CPU load).
718 / 1084
No No
719 / 1084
Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel. step size = 100 ms Trelease > Tdsl Treq_pending > Trelease It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 200 Maximum 1200 Default 500
Recommended rules
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Trelease. No No
720 / 1084
Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the CS channel. step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50 T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10s) T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1)) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.2 Maximum 5 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008 No No
721 / 1084
Maximum time between two scheduling of a given NRT TBF (either between two DL block requests for a NRT DL TBF, or between two UL blocks received for a given NRT UL TBF). step size = 20 ms Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0.12 Maximum 0.3 Default 0.3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
722 / 1084
This timer controls the duration during which a MS context is kept after receipt of a FLUSH-LL. step size = 100 ms Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 5000 Default 1000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
723 / 1084
This timer controls the maximum time during which a GPU waits for the response to a rerouting request. step size = 50 ms Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 50 Maximum 2000 Default 500
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
724 / 1084
- For Non Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink block has been allocated on it to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment. - For Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of the M-EGCH link of a TRX, when the TRX does not support any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink block has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment on one of the RTSs of the TRX step size = 1 sec It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_one_block = 4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_one_block = 5 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 10 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
725 / 1084
Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment. step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms The two following rules are recommended: i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a radio allocation requested towards the BSC. ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve unnecessarily radio resources. It is recommended to set T_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms Round_Trip_Delay, where the T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive packet channel requests, 240 ms is a given margin. The value of T_Repeat depends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and TX_INTEGER. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending on whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_ul_access_max = 1900 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 5000 Default 1400
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
726 / 1084
Timer monitoring the receipt of a Flush message or a GPRS suspend message further to the release of the on-going TBF(s) Step size : 0.5 sec 1 coded 1; 1,5 coded 2; 2 coded 3; 2,5 coded 4; . 15,5 coded 30 and 16 coded 31 The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cell reselection duration plus the time for the MS to switch back to the old cell and send a Packet Cell Change Failure message. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 10
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
727 / 1084
Guards the (un)blocking procedures. step size=1sec Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 30 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
728 / 1084
Guards the reset procedure. step size=1sec Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 120 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
729 / 1084
Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. T_GSL_Ack (MFS) > T200_GSL(MFS) * (1 + N200_GSL(MFS)) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T200_GSL(MFS) = 1 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSCs of the MFS. - T200_GSL(MFS) = 2 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS.
Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
730 / 1084
Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, A.7). N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 5 Maximum 30 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
731 / 1084
Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 120 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
732 / 1084
Time-out for reset procedure. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 120 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
733 / 1084
Overall time-out to test an NS-VC. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 60 Default 15
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
734 / 1084
Maximum time during which a GCH establishment or release request from PMU can be delayed in MEGCH layer. step size = 20 ms Treq_pending > Trelease + Tcorr Treq_pending > Testab + Tcorr Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 1000 Maximum 5200 Default 2000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
735 / 1084
Format of the access burst used by (E)GPRS MSs when sending a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST, a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT or a PTCCH/U message. 0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts - For Non-Evolium BTS (i.e. DRFU BTS), the OMC-R shall force the ACCESS_BURST_TYPE parameter to "8-bits access bursts". - A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same ACCESS_BURST_TYPE when they are PS capable. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 2/2 No No
736 / 1084
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet access. Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 6
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 No No
737 / 1084
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a Packet access. Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 6
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed No No
738 / 1084
Alpha power control parameter. Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 1010 Equal to ALPHA (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control No No
739 / 1084
Alpha power control parameter. Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 1010 Equal to ALPHA (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control No No
740 / 1084
Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is said "high". A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the same moment in the GPU). Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU). Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit % Minimum 1 Maximum 100 Default 70
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: When the Ater usage is "high", the GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage is applied, whereas when the Ater usage is "normal" (i.e. percentage of used Ater nibbles is below the threshold), no GCH reduction factor is applied. No No
741 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Best Effort Packet Flow Context, and for all MS traffic without PFC Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Default value corresponds to the priority for interactive THP3. The minimum value (the highest priority) corresponds to one priority level below the streaming class. No No
742 / 1084
Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . If BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 No No
743 / 1084
Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS) BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 9
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. No No
744 / 1084
Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC) BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 9
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. No No
745 / 1084
Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment. coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 9 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. No No
746 / 1084
Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe. coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10) The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS. BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 BS_PBCCH_BLKS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks "available" on one PCCCH = (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations when PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0. No No
747 / 1084
Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe. coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH BS_PBCCH_BLKS < 12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 No No
748 / 1084
Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH. coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, .., 1000: 8) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 8 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 No No
749 / 1084
This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). No No
750 / 1084
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Cell Menu / Show GPRS Bvci No No
751 / 1084
Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode). 0 : no, 1 : yes Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
752 / 1084
Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode. 0=NO, 1=YES Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
753 / 1084
Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel. Not changeable after MFS system initialization. CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Site (CAE) Number MFS BC Unit kbit/s Minimum 64 Maximum 1984 Default 64
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
754 / 1084
Permanent offset to C2 criterion. step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 126 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection No No
755 / 1084
Permanent offset to C2 criterion. step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 126 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit External Cell/ Packet2/2 No No
756 / 1084
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
757 / 1084
Cell Identity of adjacent cell Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Site (CAE) Reference MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Adjacencies Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
758 / 1084
Commited Burst Size. CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbyte Minimum 0 Maximum 248 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
759 / 1084
Committed Information Rate. CIR=0 when "direct access" is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 1984 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
760 / 1084
CS3 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
761 / 1084
CS4 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
762 / 1084
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2 No No
763 / 1084
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 1.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2 No No
764 / 1084
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2 No No
765 / 1084
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 1.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2 No No
766 / 1084
Maximum downlink (or respectively uplink) transfer interruption between two successive DL (or respectively UL) PDU to be able to reuse the coding scheme or modulation and coding scheme of the previous transmitted (or respectively received) radio blocks. This applies in case of data transfer resumption for a DL TBF in delayed release state, or an UL TBF in extended state. When a new LLC PDU is received and the downlink/uplink transfer is resumed, the timer defined by CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD shall be checked. If it has not expired, then the previous coding scheme or modulation and coding scheme of the DL/UL TBF shall be reused. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 5000 Default 680
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 1/2 This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. No No
767 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
768 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
769 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
770 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
771 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
772 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
773 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
774 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
775 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
776 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
777 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
778 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
779 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
780 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
781 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
782 / 1084
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
783 / 1084
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
784 / 1084
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
785 / 1084
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
786 / 1084
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
787 / 1084
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
788 / 1084
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
789 / 1084
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
790 / 1084
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
791 / 1084
Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 14
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
792 / 1084
Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
793 / 1084
Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 13
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
794 / 1084
Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
795 / 1084
Signal to Interference Ratio hysteresis used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2 No No
796 / 1084
Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1. Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit None Minimum 16 Maximum 991 Default None
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
797 / 1084
Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 2
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
798 / 1084
Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 2
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
799 / 1084
Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC acknowledged mode. 0: Disable; 1: Enable If EN_STREAMING = 1 then it is recommended to set EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK to "TRUE" in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio interface. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 1/2 This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. No No
800 / 1084
Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC unacknowledged 0: Disable; 1: Enable Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 1/2 This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. No No
801 / 1084
This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has no effect on the securisation part. This parameter applies to both, intra-NSE and inter-NSE cell change. No No
802 / 1084
Enables/Disables EGPRS traffic in the cell. 0: Disable, 1: Enable EN_EGPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0. - If EN_EGPRS is set to enable, Alcatel recommend to set the parameter PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX to 0. - In case of extended cell, Alcatel recommend to set the same value in both, inner and outer, cells. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups From system point of view, when EN_EGPRS = Enable, the highest MCS allowed on the TRX is defined by the current size of the M-EGCH link of the TRX and by the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value. No No
803 / 1084
Flag to disable/enable the extended TBF mode feature on the uplink 0: disabled, 1: enabled -It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) - if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled and if RA capability update is supported by SGSN, then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must be enabled. The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
804 / 1084
This flag indicates whether or not one Slave PDCH is available for (E)GPRS traffic in the cell (fast initial PS access feature). - In a Non Evolium BTS, that corresponds to an established PDCH being able to support incoming (E)GPRS traffic. - In an Evolium BTS, that corresponds to a PDCH being able to support incoming (E)GPRS traffic, that PDCH being located on an established TRX (i.e. the TRX owns an M-EGCH link) 0: disabled, 1: enabled MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Res. Ctrl Better performances for service access time will be obtained when this parameter is set to enabled, but one PDCH will always be established in the cell. A compromise has to be made by the operator between performance gain and the cost of radio and terrestrial resources. This compromise becomes of higher importance in case of a cell connected through a satellite link due to the higher GPRS access time with satellite links, but also the higher cost of transmission links. No No
805 / 1084
Flag to disable/enable the transmission of USF every 20ms in extended mode 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The parameter is significant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled. No No
806 / 1084
Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the downlink TBF in the cell. 0: Disable the "full" IR, so : Incremental Redundancy with resegmentation allowed in DL, 1: Enable the "full" IR, so, Incremental Redundancy without resegmentation in DL To allow the best throughput in DL, it is strongly recommended to set this parameter to 0 i.e. to not forbid the resegmentation. Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS /E-GPRS No No
807 / 1084
Enables the Network Assisted Cell Change feature. 0: disabled; 1:enabled Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then EN_NACC = 0 Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
808 / 1084
Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving cell. 0: Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered 1: Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always). Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ? ??? An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell). No No
809 / 1084
Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving cell. 0: Disable Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered 1: Enable Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always). Site (CAE) Flag MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ? ??? An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell). No No
810 / 1084
Enables/disables the support of the PFC negotiation feature. 1 => PFC feature is supported, 0 => PFC feature is not supported Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS. No No
811 / 1084
Enables the Packet SI Status feature in cells w/o PBCCH or the Packet PSI Status feature in cells with a PBCCH. 0: disabled; 1:enabled Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then EN_PSI_STATUS = 0 Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
812 / 1084
Flag to enable/disable the Radio Acces Capability update on Gb 0: disabled, 1: enabled This parameter must be enabled if RA capability update is supported by SGSN and if it exists, at least, one cell where EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled. The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled. If EN_STREAMING is set to 1 then EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best effort flow by the BSS.
Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
813 / 1084
Enables/disables the support of the STREAMING flows. 1 => the cell supports the streaming flows in addition to the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful 0 => the cell supports the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful - Can be enabled only if the BTS Generation = Evolium - If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 - When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then EN_STREAMING = 0 If this parameter is set to 1 then : - the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best effort flow by the BSS. - the parameter EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK must also set to "TRUE" in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio interface. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
814 / 1084
Excess Burst Size. CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC EBS=ACCESS_RATE_BC(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0 Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbyte Minimum 0 Maximum 248 Default None
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
815 / 1084
Binary representation of the "gamma ch" for MS output power control. Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 62 Default 30
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Ctrl In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outer zone. No No
816 / 1084
Reduction factor of the number of GCHs targeted per PDCH, when the Ater usage is "high". step size = 0.01 A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the same moment in the GPU). Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 1 Default 0.75
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The GCH reduction factor applies to the new PDCHs which are used when the Ater usage is "high" (see the Ater_Usage_Threshold parameter). This parameter can be reduced in order to avoid Ater shortage situations. No No
817 / 1084
Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA. step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 No No
818 / 1084
Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
819 / 1084
Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm, 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit External Cell / Packet The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
820 / 1084
Default value of the (E)GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual MS (E)GPRS multislot class is unknown. - In an Evolium BTS : The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment - In a Non Evolium BTS : The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment. In the PDCH anticipation process on UL TBF establishment : the default MS class is used to determine how many PDCHs are established in advance to anticipate the concurrent DL TBF establishment.
Coding rules
Only the following GPRS multislot class defined in 3GPP TS 05.02 annex B are allowed: 1: GPRS multislot class 1 (1+1 MS); 2: GPRS multislot class 2 (2+1 MS); 4: GPRS multislot class 4 (3+1 MS); 8: GPRS multislot class 8 (4+1 MS).
Mandatory rules
821 / 1084
Recommended rules
The recommendations to set this parameter are the following: 1) Case where there are only Evolium BTSs in the BSS: 1.1) In case the PS traffic is mainly signalling (e.g. there is a great proportion of RA Updates among the UL TBF establishment requests), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE shall be set to 1 (optimization of the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU). 1.2) In case the PS traffic is mainly data (high proportion of UL TBF establishment requests for data traffic), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE should be set to the most common multislot class which can be found among the mobile stations within the BSS (in order to limit the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU, triggered with the establishment of the concurrent DL TBF). 2) Case where there are some DRFU BTSs in the BSS (together with some Evolium BTSs or not): 2.1) In DRFU BTSs, the impacts of this parameter value on T2 TBF reallocations are the same as in Evolium BTSs, so 1.1) and 1.2) recommendations are applicable in order to avoid useless / to limit the number of T2 TBF reallocations . 2.2) On the other hand, in DRFU BTSs, in case the PS traffic is mainly signalling (e.g. there is a great proportion of RA Updates among the UL TBF establishment requests) and in case of low number of Ater resources (risk of Ater congestion in some GPUs), it is recommended to set GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE to 1. Indeed, an Ater congestion may be encountered because some transmission resources (PDCHs) are established in advance by RRM based on the value of GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE (PDCH anticipation process). Once the traffic type is confirmed signalling, these resources (PDCHs) are released, but at T_GCH_Inactivity timer expiry. As a consequence, the transmission resources (PDCHs) can be established even if they are not used during several seconds, which can generate an Ater congestion in some GPUs.
Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 8 Default 8
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / General The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown (e.g. RACH one phase access on CCCH). Otherwise, the multislot class received in the request for uplink TBF establishment is taken into account.
822 / 1084
No No
823 / 1084
Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells. step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec) Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 320 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
824 / 1084
Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells. coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB) 00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32; 00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12; 10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48 Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dB Minimum -52 Maximum 48 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
825 / 1084
Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system. step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 (+ Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2) No No
826 / 1084
Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells. coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
827 / 1084
Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells. Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum infinity Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
828 / 1084
HCS signal strength. Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -48 Default -84
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 No No
829 / 1084
HCS signal strength. Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -48 Default -84
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
830 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'high' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
831 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'high' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
832 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'high' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 9
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
833 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'high' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
834 / 1084
Load threshold used to determine a certain margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic between two sending of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in percentage of the radio timeslots available in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 90
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups The margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic can be computed as follows: (100 - HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)/100*NB_TS where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the cell.
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 70 t02 70 t03 70 t04 80 t05 80 t06 80 t07 80 t08 80 t09 80 t010 80 t011 80 t012 80
835 / 1084
Signal Quality strength filter constant. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 8
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 1/2 No No
836 / 1084
Quality Signal strength filter constant. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 8
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 1/2 No No
837 / 1084
Location Area Code. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (BSC) A couple of mate extended cells (extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC Site (CAE) Reference MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description ( + Edit External cell / circuit1/2) Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
External Comment
838 / 1084
Location Area Code. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Site (CAE) Reference MFS adj Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Adjacencies Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
839 / 1084
This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion. Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 40
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
840 / 1084
This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering. step size = 0,01 coding rules 1 == 0,01, 1275 == 12.75 amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a PVC Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit None Minimum 0.05 Maximum 12.75 Default 1
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
841 / 1084
This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion. Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 70
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
842 / 1084
Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds) used to compute the maximum number of slave PDCHs that the BSC can allocate to the MFS. Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit None Minimum 3 Maximum 30 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control No No
843 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'low' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
844 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'low' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
845 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'low' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 9
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
846 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'low' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
847 / 1084
Maximum number of DownLink (E)GPRS TBFs per Slave PDCH. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 8
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
848 / 1084
Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for EGPRS traffic in the cell. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: MCS-1; MCS-2; MCS-3; MCS-4; MCS-5; MCS-6; MCS-7; MCS-8; MCS-9;
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_DL_INIT_MCS MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_UL_INIT_MCS When cell_type = "extended outer", then MAX_EGPRS_MCS <= MCS-4 R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 9 Default 9
Recommended rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ? Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
849 / 1084
Maximum coding scheme used for GPRS traffic in the cell. 1 : CS-2; 2 : CS-3; 3 : CS-4 MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_DL_INIT_CS MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. The aim of this last rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed)
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher than 12kbps) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 4 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups No No
850 / 1084
Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU. Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 50 Maximum 1000 Default 500
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / General No No
851 / 1084
Creation of a BSC
Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS in the cell.
Coding rules
852 / 1084
Mandatory rules
Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE; If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE; If EN_VGCS = enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed) MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE. When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then MAX_PDCH shall be an even number. The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX.
Recommended rules
In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a correct setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cell reselections, i.e. when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC0 in the micro cell). In this case, the following configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH = 2, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control
853 / 1084
External Comment
127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0
No No
854 / 1084
Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS traffic is high. - MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD - MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH - If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 The real time radio resources are allocated only on the first MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD available timeslots of the cell. - When Max_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 and cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD shall be an even number Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. No No
855 / 1084
Maximum number of PDCHs allocated to a single (E)GPRS connection. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 5 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control No No
856 / 1084
Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. No No
857 / 1084
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 1. Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2 No No
858 / 1084
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 2. Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2 No No
859 / 1084
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 3. Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2 No No
860 / 1084
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 4. Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2 No No
861 / 1084
Maximum number of UpLink (E)GPRS TBFs per slave PDCH. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 6 Default 5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
862 / 1084
Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS. -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH; -MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; -MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. -When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then MIN_PDCH shall be an even number It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum number of PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell, in order to avoid congestion on the MFS-BSC interface. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
Recommended rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. No No
863 / 1084
Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. 3 digits BCD The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Site (CAE) Reference MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Customer BUL file The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
864 / 1084
Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. 3 digits BCD The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Site (CAE) Reference MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Customer BUL file The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). No No
865 / 1084
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
866 / 1084
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit External Cell/ Packet2/2 The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
867 / 1084
N_AVG_I (BSC) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the SI13. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. coded on 4 bits Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
868 / 1084
N_AVG_I (MFS) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the PSI 13 and PSI1. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. coded on 4 bits Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Ch. 1/2. No No
869 / 1084
Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the cell. 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. 2) if the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Ch 1/2
870 / 1084
External Comment
The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria: * higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established. Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is: * for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended; * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended. No No
871 / 1084
Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the cell. 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. 2) if the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0. 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Ch 1/2
872 / 1084
External Comment
The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria: * higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established. Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is: * for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended; * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended. No No
873 / 1084
Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT2 can be triggered due to the detection of a better neighbour cell. 0: "-110 dBm (Never)", 1:" -109 dBm", ...,63: "-47 dBm (Always)" (step size = 1 dB) In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT2 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR to -110 dBm (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel. 1) The specific value of "-110 dBm (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselections Cause PT2. 2) The specific value of "-47 dBm (Always)" systematically allows the triggering of NC cell reselections Cause PT2 No No
874 / 1084
Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT1 is triggered due to a too bad RXLEV in the downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). 0: "-110 dBm (Never)", 1:" -109 dBm", ...,63: "-47 dBm" (step size = 1 dB) In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to activate NC cell reselection Cause PT1 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -96
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel. The specific value of "-110 dBm (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT1. No No
875 / 1084
Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT3 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: "0", "0.1", "0.2", , "6.9", "7 (Never)". In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT3 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 7
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel. The specific value of "7 (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT3. No No
876 / 1084
NC ping-pong offset which is applied to the C2 or C32 criterion to disfavour the neighbour cells during T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET. step size = 1 dB Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel. No No
877 / 1084
Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) . Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.48 Maximum 61.44 Default 0.96
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit cell / Gprs / Reselection No No
878 / 1084
Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) . Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit sec Minimum 0.48 Maximum 61.44 Default 0.96
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit External cell / Packet 2/2 No No
879 / 1084
NC cell reselection offset used for triggering power budget causes. 0: -127 dB (Always), 1: -126 dB, , 254: 127 dB, 255: 128 dB (Never) (step size = 1 dB) Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 128 Default 128
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit adjacency / Adjacency parameters View / outgoing 1) The specific value of "128 dB (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n. 2) The specific value of "-127 dB" (Always)" systematically triggers the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n. No No
880 / 1084
Forgetting factor of the filter used to average the NC measurements reported in the Packet Measurement Report messages. step size = 0.001 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0.13
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel. This parameter applies to the serving cell and the neighbour cells. No No
881 / 1084
Period after which a weight of 0.9 s is applied to the current UL or DL RXQUAL samples in the averaging filter. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 20 Maximum 10000 Default 4000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel. This parameter applies to the serving cell. No No
882 / 1084
Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT4 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in uplink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: "0", "0.1", "0.2", , "6.9", "7 (Never)" In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT4 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 7
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel. The specific value of "7 (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT4. No No
883 / 1084
NC2 deactivation mode. This parameter defines whether or not the Packet Measurement Order message with a Reset Command is sent at the end of a packet transfer. 0: "NC2 deactivation at the end of the packet transfer". A Packet Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode at the end of the packet transfer. 1: "NC2 deactivation at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer". No Packet Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode. In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered systematically (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Disable), the presence of the PBCCH is not mandatory. However, the following recommendations apply, depending on the presence of the PBCCH: - If PBCCH is present, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE can be set to any value (at the end of the packet transfer mode or at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer) if the setting of the C32 parameters ensures that GPRS mobile stations do not camp in cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered. - If PBCCH is not present or PBCCH is present but C32 parameters are not correctly set, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE should be set to "at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer" to prevent the GPRS mobile stations from reselecting a cell where outgoing GPRS redirections are triggered systematically (at least while the MS is in packet idle mode and the GMM Ready timer is running).
Coding rules
Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel.
884 / 1084
No No
885 / 1084
This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported) 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 4: Reserved for future use - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2 and 3 to the operator. - When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 mode of operation for all MS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
886 / 1084
External Comment
If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. No No
887 / 1084
This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported) 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 4: Reserved for future use - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2 and 3 to the operator. - When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 mode of operation for all MS Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit External Cell / Packet 2/2 If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.
888 / 1084
No No
889 / 1084
This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III. If the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / GPRS Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface. No No
890 / 1084
This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III If the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0. Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC).
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 2
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / GPRS Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface. No No
891 / 1084
Normal Information Rate. CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC NIR=0 when direct access is used Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 1984 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
892 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'normal' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
893 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'normal' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
894 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'normal' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 9
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
895 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'normal' Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
896 / 1084
Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing. 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority Site (CAE) Number MFS NSVC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 10
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
897 / 1084
898 / 1084
OMC Changes: set by create(MFS) RNO Changes: No MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSVC Creation No No
899 / 1084
Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups No No
900 / 1084
Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups No No
901 / 1084
Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_INC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups No No
902 / 1084
Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_INC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups No No
903 / 1084
Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Possible values : 4, 8, 12., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, , 111 Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 32 Default 32
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups No No
904 / 1084
Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111 Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 32 Default 32
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups No No
905 / 1084
This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS). PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control No No
906 / 1084
This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC). PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control No No
907 / 1084
Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 0.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
908 / 1084
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
909 / 1084
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 1.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
910 / 1084
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
911 / 1084
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 2.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
912 / 1084
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
913 / 1084
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 3.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
914 / 1084
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
915 / 1084
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 4.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
916 / 1084
Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for DL TBF duration distribution. step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 1639
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
917 / 1084
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 3277.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
918 / 1084
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 4916
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
919 / 1084
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 6554.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
920 / 1084
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 8193
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
921 / 1084
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 9831.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
922 / 1084
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 11470
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
923 / 1084
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 13108.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
924 / 1084
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 14747
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
925 / 1084
Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 10000000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
926 / 1084
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 20000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
927 / 1084
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 30000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
928 / 1084
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 40000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
929 / 1084
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 50000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
930 / 1084
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 60000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
931 / 1084
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 70000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
932 / 1084
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 80000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
933 / 1084
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 90000000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
934 / 1084
Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 0.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
935 / 1084
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
936 / 1084
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 1.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
937 / 1084
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 2
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
938 / 1084
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 2.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
939 / 1084
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
940 / 1084
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 3.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
941 / 1084
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
942 / 1084
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 4.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
943 / 1084
Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for UL TBF duration distribution. step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 1639
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
944 / 1084
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 3277.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
945 / 1084
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 4916
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
946 / 1084
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 6554.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
947 / 1084
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 8193
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
948 / 1084
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 9831.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
949 / 1084
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 11470
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
950 / 1084
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 13108.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
951 / 1084
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 14747
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
952 / 1084
Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 10000000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
953 / 1084
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 20000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
954 / 1084
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 30000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
955 / 1084
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 40000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
956 / 1084
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 50000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
957 / 1084
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 60000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
958 / 1084
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 70000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
959 / 1084
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 80000000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
960 / 1084
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 90000000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
961 / 1084
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1. Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 No No
962 / 1084
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 2. Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 No No
963 / 1084
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 3. Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 No No
964 / 1084
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 4. Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 No No
965 / 1084
Timer guarding the Download-BSS-PFC procedure step size = 0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 10 Default 0.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
966 / 1084
Timer guarding the Modify-BSS-PFC procedure step size = 0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 10 Default 0.5
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
967 / 1084
Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy. This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: 0: -110 dBm 1: -106 dBm 2: -102 dBm 3: -98 dBm 4: -94 dBm 5: -90 dBm 6: -86 dBm 7: -82 dBm 8: -78 dBm 9: -74 dBm 10: -70 dBm 11: -66 dBm 12: -62 dBm 13: -58 dBm 14: -54 dBm 15: -50 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -50 Default -106
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCH algorithm. No No
968 / 1084
HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0. Coded on 3 bits. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 No No
969 / 1084
HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet) No No
970 / 1084
Indicates whether or not the PS requests shall be preferentially served with PDCH(s) of the BCCH TRX 0: No preference. The TRX ranking algorithm handles the BCCH TRX as a non-BCCH TRX. 1: PS requests preferentially served on BCCH TRX. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the highest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX). 2 : PS requests served on BCCH TRX with lowest priority. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the lowest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).
Coding rules
If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, Alcatel recommend to set this parameter to 0 in order to reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power (see external comment). If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, setting this parameter to 0 does not reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power since PS capable TRXs will hop on the BCCH carrier. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups
971 / 1084
External Comment
When set to 1 or '2', this parameter is only relevant if the BCCH TRX supports PS traffic (i.e. if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on the BCCH TRX). If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, if the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic and if the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined on timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX). If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GMSK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if timeslot number 7 is not part of the PDCH groups). No No
972 / 1084
Additional capacity (in terms of radio bandwidth and in terms of transmission resources) which is reserved for a streaming TBF (RT PFC) to correctly fulfill its AGBR contract and to possibly convey other multiplexed NRT PFC(s) of the same TBF. The part of this margin that is not used by the streaming TBF may be used by other TBF(s). step size = 10% Setting QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN to 0% is not recommended (the GBR of some RT PFCs may turn out to be impossible to guarantee in this case). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 20
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
973 / 1084
Average bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit bit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 59200 Default 30000
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell. The default value corresponds to MCS-6. The max value corresponds to MCS-9. No No
974 / 1084
Average bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher than 12kbps). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit bit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 20000 Default 12000
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell. The default value corresponds to CS-2. The max value corresponds to CS-4. No No
975 / 1084
This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area. step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 No No
976 / 1084
Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. 64: no filtering Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) Disable the filtering for extended cells. Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 64
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. No No
977 / 1084
Minimal bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level or less %, depending on tolerable risk) RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition must be respected: RMIN_EGPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_MCS, TBF_DL_INIT_MCS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit bit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 59200 Default 20800
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning. The default value corresponds to a bitrate between MCS-4 and MCS-5. The max value corresponds to MCS-9. No No
978 / 1084
Minimal bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level or less %, depending on tolerable risk) RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition must be respected: RMIN_GPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_CS, TBF_DL_INIT_CS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit bit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 20000 Default 8000
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Non Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning. The default value corresponds to CS-1. The max value corresponds to CS-4. No No
979 / 1084
Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS. step size=10 ms T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 80 Maximum 940 Default 160
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 The round-trip delay is used by the RRM, RLC and MAC layers. The OMC-R and the MFS also use this parameter to determine whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links as follows: - If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links. When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in the serving cell, it is recommended to set the round_trip_delay parameter to [Delay due to satellite (540 ms) + Delay due to MFS-MS link (160 ms)] = 700 ms. No No
980 / 1084
Routing Area Code for GPRS. The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been set by the operator. - Equal to RA_CODE (MFS) - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same RA_CODE when they are PS capable Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 255 Default 0
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
981 / 1084
Routing Area Code. 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60) other values: external or unknown cell - Equal to RA_CODE (BSC) - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same RA_CODE when they are PS capable Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 255 Default 0
Mandatory rules
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
982 / 1084
Routing Area Code of neighbour cells. 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60); other values: external or unknown cell. The special value of "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider or that the MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0. If i) the target and serving cells belong to different PLMNs and ii) the RAC and LAC of the target cell are equal to the RAC and LAC of the serving cell, and iii) there is a PBCCH established in the serving cell, and iv) a cell reselection adjacency link is defined between the serving cell and the target cell, then it is recommended to set the RA_CODE to -1. Otherwise, the MFS considers that the serving cell and the target cell belong to the same routing area when setting the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field in the 04.60 PACKET SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/3bis messages. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 255 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Adjacencies The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the operator or that the routing area of the serving cell is different from the routing area of the target cell. No No
983 / 1084
Routing Area Colour for GPRS. Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been valued by the network provider. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
984 / 1084
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
985 / 1084
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Edit External Cell/ Packet2/2 No No
986 / 1084
Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010,... ,1001 When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 900 ms. When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 1400 ms. The number of slots belonging to the MSs PRACH between 2 successive Packet Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds between two Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a function of S, TX_INT and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH.
Coding rules
Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 12 Maximum 217 Default 30
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2 No No
987 / 1084
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN software. 0 = SGSN is release '98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release '99 onwards Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / Internetworking SGSN Internetworking Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS. No No
988 / 1084
Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined "SMS" PFC. Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 15
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
989 / 1084
Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay). step size = 1 ms Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Site (CAE) Timer MFS PVC Unit ms Minimum 10 Maximum 5000 Default 100
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
990 / 1084
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 12
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control No No
991 / 1084
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 12
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control No No
992 / 1084
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 20
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control No No
993 / 1084
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 20
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control No No
994 / 1084
This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack message when releasing an UL TBF. step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 2000 Default 400
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No The feature "delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack" can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameter T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the feature is enabled, the timer duration should be long enough to let the server send its response to the uplink PDUs received from the MS, while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further uplink PDUs by the MS. No No
995 / 1084
Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 60 Maximum 3000 Default 400
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC No No
996 / 1084
Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN. step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
997 / 1084
Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message towards the SGSN for GPRS and EGPRS Mobile Stations. step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 250 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS 1) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS is set to "0", then the MS flow control mechanism is inhibited; 2) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18. No No
998 / 1084
Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel. step size=100ms Tcorr > Trelease+240ms and Tcorr > Testab+240ms where 240 ms represents the maximum delay in MAC layer between the notification for a DBN correction and the application of this DBN correction. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Tcorr = 0.8 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Tcorr = 1.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 2 Default 0.8
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr. No No
999 / 1084
Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels. step size= 100 ms Treq_pending > Testab It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Testab = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Testab = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 2 Default 0.4
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab. No No
1000 / 1084
- For Non Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS traffic. - For Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of the "unused" GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX (the condition for some GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX to become "unused" is that some TBFs established on that TRX were released). step size = 1sec T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established. Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 100 Default 3
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite. No No
1001 / 1084
- Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of the last N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS GCHs established in a cell, when the last TBF has been released in the cell. There is no more (E)GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping some GCHs established will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell (e.g. WAP, WEB). - Non Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of the last established slave PDCH of a cell, when it does not support GPRS traffic anymore. There is no more GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping a PDCH established will be useful in case of GPRS traffic resumption in the cell. step size = 1 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 200 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: That timer is relevant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is disabled. The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links. This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving cell while the MS is engaged in a Web browsing session.
1002 / 1084
No No
1003 / 1084
Maximum duration of the extended uplink TBF phase step size = 100 ms T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - between 1 sec and 2 sec if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - between 1.5 sec and 2.5 sec if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links. Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 100 Maximum 4000 Default 2000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1004 / 1084
Time which multiplied by the GBR defines a buffer level above which we may consider the BSS failed to provide the GBR step size = 1 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 8 Maximum 100 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1005 / 1084
Time during which the ping-pong offset is applied. step size = 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 20000 Default 5000
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel. No No
1006 / 1084
Time during which a NC cell reselection is inhibited towards that cell due to a previous NC cell reselection failure on that cell. step size = 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 20000 Default 5000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel. 1/2 No No
1007 / 1084
Maximum expected response time of a network server as seen from the MFS. step size: 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit ms Minimum 100 Maximum 5000 Default 1600
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / General 1) The response time corresponds to T1 T2 where T2 corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T1 the time at which the response is received on the MFS side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the page download. 2) The value of this timer defines the duration of the Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN serving the MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then the maximum server response time should be entered. However, note that the higher this timer is, the longer TBF releases will be delayed and therefore the more resources are used up.
No No
1008 / 1084
This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS) T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC No No
1009 / 1084
This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC) T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC No No
1010 / 1084
Scheduling period of PSI or PSI13 on PACCH. step size =1sec, 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH, 00001 == 1s, 11110 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 14
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit BSS / GPRS / General No No
1011 / 1084
Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell reselection, to reselect the previous cell. coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 5 Maximum 300 Default 5
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 No No
1012 / 1084
The duration between the reception of the (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message and one uplink radio block allocated to the MS. step size = 0.1 sec It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 0.7 Default 0.4
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 No No
1013 / 1084
This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Coded on 3 bits as follows: 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms. Equal to T3168 (MFS) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 1
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
1014 / 1084
No No
1015 / 1084
This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Coded on 3 bits as follows: 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms. Equal to T3168 (BSC) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links. Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 1
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS. No No
1016 / 1084
Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Equal to T3192 (MFS) T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then : - some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and - the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state. ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
1017 / 1084
Value
Unit ms
Minimum 200
Maximum 1500
Default 500
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 The following values of T3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 44.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS: 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec No No
1018 / 1084
Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Equal to T3192 (BSC) T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then : - some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and - the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state. ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
1019 / 1084
Value
Unit ms
Minimum 200
Maximum 1500
Default 500
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 44.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS: 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec No No
1020 / 1084
This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits Equal to T3212 (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit 6 mn Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description No No
1021 / 1084
Threshold defining the number of consecutive PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above which the Coding Scheme of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to CS-1. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2 If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. No No
1022 / 1084
Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF before changing the coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot GPRS TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x n_allocated step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 64 Default 32
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2 No No
1023 / 1084
Defines the window size required to estimate the CS3 BLER. The window size is expressed as a number of DL RLC data blocks. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 512 Default 32
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1024 / 1084
Defines the window size required to estimate the CS4 BLER. The window size is expressed as a number of DL RLC data blocks. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 512 Default 32
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1025 / 1084
Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise. 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 TBF_DL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC No No
1026 / 1084
Threshold defining the number of consecutive EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above which the MCS of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to MCS-1. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / E-GPRS If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. No No
1027 / 1084
Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before changing the coding scheme to MCS1. For a multislot EGPRS TBF, TBF_MCS_UL_limit := TBF_MCS_UL x n_allocated_timeslots. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 192 Default 32
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit BSC / GPRS / E-GPRS No No
1028 / 1084
Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise. 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 TBF_UL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC No No
1029 / 1084
Threshold above which the load of the serving cell is considered in a high load situation in the NC2 cell ranking process Step size of 10% 0 : 0%; 1: 10%; . 10 : 100% Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This parameter is only relevant if the parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS". The serving cell is considered in a low load situation when THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING = 0 %. The value of 0 % deactivates the load evaluation in the serving cell. The load situation of external cells is unknown in the serving cell. The BSS then computes the NC2 load of those cells as follows: - If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to a value lower than 100 %, then the cell is considered in a low load situation. - If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to 100 %, then the cell is considered in an high load situation
No No
1030 / 1084
Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in acknowledged mode. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Reselection 2/2 No No
1031 / 1084
Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in unacknowledged mode. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Reselection 2/2 No No
1032 / 1084
Number of received RLC data blocks for GPRS TBF after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 500 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Reselection 2/2 No No
1033 / 1084
Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to 1111 It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time is about 240 ms. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 50 Default 8
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2 No No
1034 / 1084
Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC) When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF =0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1. When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH. The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.
Coding rules
1035 / 1084
Instance Value
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF =0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 No No
1036 / 1084
Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2 No No
1037 / 1084
1038 / 1084
1039 / 1084
This flag enables / disables downlink retransmission in the BTS. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Network (CDE) Flag MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: DL retransmission in the BTS will be disabled by the MFS in the cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs or in cells having an Abis or an Ater satellite link (whatever the TRE type G3 or G4). In a cell with terrestrial Abis and Ater links, this feature is disabled for G3 TREs only. No No
1040 / 1084
Minimum throughput gain required to be provided to the MS when performing a T2 or T3 TBF reallocation. step size = 0,1 Network (CDE) Threshold MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 5 Default 0.4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1041 / 1084
Two definitions are possible : - If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "enabled" : number of GCHs required to be established due to the "Fast Initial PS Access" feature, - If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "disabled" : number of GCHs to keep established when there is no more (E)GPRS traffic in a cell (while the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer is running). Those GCHs will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 5 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This parameter is significant only for Evolium BTSs No No
1042 / 1084
Filter constant for EGPRS channel quality measurements. coded on 4 bits as follows: 0: 1 1: 2 2: 3 3: 4 4: 5 5: 7 6: 10 7: 12 8: 15 9: 20 10: 25 11: Reserved for future use 12: Reserved for future use 13: Reserved for future use 14: Reserved for future use 15: Reserved for future use Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 25 Default 10
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ? Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description The BEP_PERIOD parameter defines the forgetting factor used in the MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP averaging at the MS side. In case of cell without frequency hopping and without "fast" mobiles (i.e. not motorway or TGV coverage), it is advised to set a higher value (e.g. 25) in order to avoid spurious MCS changes causing higher BLER and throughput loss.
1043 / 1084
No No
1044 / 1084
Number of received radio blocks for an EGPRS TBF after which E_TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 500 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ? Edit BSC / GPRS / E-GPRS No No
1045 / 1084
Enables/Disables Incremental redundancy for the uplink TBF in the BSS. 0: Disable, 1: Enable Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The Incremental Redundancy for the uplink TBF feature is supported only on G4 BTSs. No No
1046 / 1084
Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the uplink TBF in the BSS in case of RLC acknowledged mode. 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1047 / 1084
Number of free 64k Ater TSs that are kept "in reserve" in order to be able to serve some prioritary requests in cells managed by the GPU. The prioritary requests are the GCH establishment requests launched when the first TBF has to be established in a cell (useful to guarantee that MM traffic will be supported in any cell at any time). Note : In case of non-Evolium BTS, those are PDCHs that will be established instead of GCHs. In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU = 0, then no Ater margin is managed. In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU > 0, RRM will ensure that N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU 64k Ater TSs are always free (i.e. not used by a GCH in the GPU). From then on, only prioritary requests will be allowed to establish some GCHs (Evolium BTS) / PDCHs (non-Evolium BTS) with those Ater resources.
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
1048 / 1084
External Comment
- Increasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU will make the average number of unused Ater nibbles in the GPU increase. That corresponds to a loss of Ater resources on the field, as the on-going TBF traffic will never "benefit from the margin of Ater resources". But, on the other hand, the likelihood of not serving a prioritary request in the GPU will be become very low. - Decreasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU (to a non null value) will make it possible that prioritary requests cannot be served in case several such requests have to be served in a short period of time (i.e. before having had the time to "fill the Ater margin" up again), especially if the requests have to be served on several different DSPs (one 64k Ater TS will be consumed by each DSP). - Setting N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU to 0 will make it possible the cases where prioritary requests cannot be served at all. No No
1049 / 1084
Time period to request for an EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 60 Maximum 3000 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1050 / 1084
Value of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: MCS-1 MCS-2 MCS-3 MCS-4 MCS-5 MCS-6 MCS-7 MCS-8 MCS-9
Coding rules
TBF_DL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 9 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled No No
1051 / 1084
Value of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: MCS-1 MCS-2 MCS-3 MCS-4 MCS-5 MCS-6 MCS-7 MCS-8 MCS-9
Coding rules
TBF_UL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 9 Default 3
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled No No
1052 / 1084
1053 / 1084
Controls format of 3G cell identifications sent to the MSC. 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_3G_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the CGI format. The CGI_3G_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
1054 / 1084
Window size for Ec/No level averages for 2G to 3G handover Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
1055 / 1084
Capacity class of the cell, measured on a linear scale, ranging from 1 to 100. binary value on 8 bits the Cell Capacity Class shall follow the recommended rule: "In order to fulfill the 3GPP requirement of having a linear scale in the capacity class, ranging from 1 to 100: Cell Capacity Class is a linear function of the Cell capacity: value 1 shall indicate the minimum capacity class, and 100 shall indicate the maximum capacity class. Capacity class should be measured on a linear scale. The default value of Cell Capacity Class should depend on the number of available TCHs in the cell and since there may be up to 126 TCH channels in one GSM cell: Cell_Capacity_Class = int{[(99/125) x (NTCH - 1)] + 1} where NTCH is the number of all TCH channels in the Cell."
Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 1 Maximum 100 Default 100
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1056 / 1084
This parameter indicates the Cell Identifier of a 3G cell as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401 Binary value on 16 bits The value of "-1" indicates that no cell identifier is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell CI_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from "-1")
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default -1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
1057 / 1084
Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections (for a serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC, or for a Non Evolium serving cell)
1058 / 1084
No No
1059 / 1084
This parameter indicates if diversity is applied for the cell 1 bit: 0 diversity is not applied, 1 diversity is applied Site (CAE) Flag BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1060 / 1084
This flag enables/disables the 2G-3G handover 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: 2G-3G Handover will be disabled by the BSS in cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs No No
1061 / 1084
Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Number (UARFCN) The value of "-1" indicates that no UARFCN is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). For a given 2G cell, the maximum number of different FDD_ARFCN(n) among all 2G to 3G adjacencies for handover is 3 In any serving cell there shall be only one 3G target cell defined with the couple FDD_ARFCN(n) SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) FDD_ARFCN(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from "-1") Only the following downlink UARFCN ranges are standardized: I) 10562-10838 and II) 9662-9938 and III) 1162-1513 and IV) 1537-1738 and V) 4357-4458 and VI) 4387-4413 and VII) 2237- 2563 and VIII) 2937-3088 and IX) 9237-9387
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default -1
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN) on the Air interface.
1062 / 1084
No No
1063 / 1084
List of neighbour Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN). The value of "-1" indicates that no UARFCN is provided. Only the following downlink UARFCN ranges are standardized: I) 10562-10838 and II) 9662-9938 and III) 1162-1513 and IV) 1537-1738 and V) 4357-4458 and VI) 4387-4413 and VII) 2237- 2563 and VIII) 2937-3088 and IX) 9237-9387 Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default -1
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Edit BSC / UMTS The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN) on the Air interface. The FDD UARFCN of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
1064 / 1084
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection in GPRS Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum -32 Maximum 28 Default -32
Coding rules
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This parameter is broadcast on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
1065 / 1084
Number of the strongest 3G cells to be reported by the MS in the measurement report message Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. This parameter is meaningful only if EN_3G_HO is set to enabled. If disabled, this parameter is considered as equal to zero (the MS shall report only 2G cells). This parameter is also broadcast on SACCH. No No
1066 / 1084
Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. 0 = -20 dB 1 = -6 dB 2 = -18 dB 3 = -8dB 4 = -16dB 5 = -10dB 6 = -14dB 7 = -12dB Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -20 Maximum -6 Default -12
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit cell / UMTS This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
1067 / 1084
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -32 Maximum 28 Default -32
Coding rules
OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Edit cell / UMTS This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
1068 / 1084
Offset that the MS shall apply to measurements before reporting step size = 6dB (0 : 0dB, 1 : 6dB, 7 : 42dB) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 42 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1069 / 1084
Threshold above which the MS shall report the measurements step size = 6dB Coded value (binary) : Value (dB) : Text displayed at the OMC 0 : 0 : Always report the 3G neighbor cells 1 : 6 : 6 dB 2 : 12 : 12 dB 3 : 18 : 18 dB 4 : 24 : 24 dB 5 : 30 : 30 dB 6 : 36 : 36 dB 7 : 42 : Never report the 3G neighbor cells Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 42 Default 0
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1070 / 1084
This parameter indicates the Location Area Code as defined in 3GPP TS 24.008. It is used in the HANDOVER COMMAND message binary value on 16 bits The value of "-1" indicates that no LAC is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). LAC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from "-1") Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default -1
Coding rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes No No
1071 / 1084
Threshold for searching for 3G cells in dedicated mode depending whether the received signal level of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells In a cell where at least one 2G to 3G adjacency has been defined, Qsearch_C =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -70
Coding rules
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on SACCH
1072 / 1084
No No
1073 / 1084
Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_I =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH
1074 / 1084
No No
1075 / 1084
Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_P =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold in GPRS. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
1076 / 1084
No No
1077 / 1084
Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS packet transfer mode depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold in GPRS packet transfer mode. This parameter is sent in Packet Measurement Order on PACCH.
1078 / 1084
No No
1079 / 1084
This parameter indicates the RNC Identifier as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401. It is used in HO Required message sent to the MSC. binary value on 12 bits. The value of "-1" indicates that no RNCid is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell RNC_ID(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from "-1")
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4095 Default -1
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes No No
1080 / 1084
This parameter indicates the Primary Scrambling Code as defined in 3GPP TS 25.213 binary value on 9 bits. The value of "-1" indicates that no scrambling code is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) can be True only if SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) <> "-1" SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from "-1") In any serving cell there shall be only one 3G target cell defined with the couple FDD_ARFCN(n) SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 511 Default -1
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
OMC Changes: RNO Changes: The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes No No
1081 / 1084
This timer is started by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER message to the MS and is normally stopped when the MS has correctly seized the UTRAN channel(s). Its purpose is to keep the old channels sufficiently long for the MS to be able to return to the old channels, and to release the channels if the MS is lost. step size = 0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 14
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1082 / 1084
Load threshold determining whether a 3G to 2G handover request shall be rejected in load situation; the feature is deactivated by setting THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT to its maximum value 100%. binary value on 8 bits THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT shall be lower than the 2G load thresholds HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD or equal to 100%. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1083 / 1084
Ec/No threshold above which a handover to UTRAN may be triggered step size = 0.5 dB, coded over 6 bits 0: "HO to 3G attempted whatever the Ec/No", 1: "-24.0", 2: "-23.5", ..., 48: "-0.5", 49: "0.0" Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -24.5 Maximum 0 Default -15
Modifiable Parameter Access External Comment Cell Type Dependent Nb of TRX Dependent
1084 / 1084